29.06.2015 Views

Daily Attendance - Rediker Software, Inc.

Daily Attendance - Rediker Software, Inc.

Daily Attendance - Rediker Software, Inc.

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

ADMINISTRATOR’S PLUS ATTENDANCE MANUAL<br />

Administrator’s Plus<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Manual<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Manual 1


Legal Notices<br />

ADMINISTRATOR’S PLUS ATTENDANCE MANUAL<br />

Legal Notices<br />

Copyright<br />

Copyright © 2004 <strong>Rediker</strong> <strong>Software</strong><br />

All rights reserved<br />

Printed in the United States of America<br />

Warranty<br />

Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Companies, names,<br />

and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise noted. No part of this<br />

document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic or<br />

mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of <strong>Rediker</strong><br />

<strong>Software</strong><br />

Trademarks<br />

Administrator’s Plus is a trademark of <strong>Rediker</strong> <strong>Software</strong>, <strong>Inc</strong>orporated.<br />

The School Office Suite® is a registered trademark of <strong>Rediker</strong> <strong>Software</strong>, <strong>Inc</strong>orporated.<br />

All other hardware or software products mentioned in this document are the trademarks<br />

or registered trademarks of their respective companies or holders.<br />

Part Number: AT00020904<br />

2 <strong>Attendance</strong> Manual


About this Guide<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>luded in this Guide<br />

ADMINISTRATOR’S PLUS ATTENDANCE MANUAL<br />

About this Guide<br />

The Administrator’s Plus <strong>Attendance</strong> Manual details the functions and use of the<br />

Administrator’s Plus <strong>Attendance</strong> module.<br />

The Administrator’s Plus <strong>Attendance</strong> Manual is organized as follows:<br />

1 Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Allows you create <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for daily attendance entry. You can link<br />

attendance Codes to Register codes to ensure that attendance entries appear<br />

on the <strong>Attendance</strong> Register. You can also create Register codes to keep track<br />

of state reported attendance data for your school.<br />

2 Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Describes how to print forms for recording daily homeroom attendance.<br />

3 Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Explains how to print attendance entry forms by course section for use the<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Module or for schools that take daily atendance without<br />

homerooms.<br />

4 Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Describes how to enter daily attendance manually, using a scanner, or<br />

importing from GradeQuick. It also explains how to print the <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Bulletin (including corrections and messages), build your school’s calendar<br />

one-day-at-a-time, and update student and staff attendance records.<br />

5 Correct<br />

View attendance data for one student or staff member at a time, and, if<br />

needed, correct attendance entries for any school day.<br />

6 Report Writer<br />

Explains hows to design and print letters and reports for students based on<br />

their daily attendance data. It also explains how to print letters to parents of<br />

students exceeding or falling short of a designated attendance entry limit. The<br />

Report Writer can also print an attendance register and daily records report,<br />

print daily advisor’s lists, including the parent’s name and work phone number.<br />

7 Calendar<br />

Describes how to view, print, correct, or create alternate calendars for your<br />

school, including editing the membership value of each day.<br />

8 Batch Entry<br />

Explains how to enter attendance codes for groups of students based on<br />

grade level or Data Base entry<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Manual 3


Contact Information<br />

ADMINISTRATOR’S PLUS ATTENDANCE MANUAL<br />

Contact Information<br />

Technical Support<br />

Please do not hestitate to call us toll free at 1-800-882-2994.<br />

Monday - Thursday7:30 a.m. - 6:30 p.m. EST<br />

Friday<br />

7:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST<br />

You can also e-mail us at tech@rediker.com.<br />

When emailing technical support questions, please include your school's name, phone<br />

number, and zip code. We respond to e-mail from schools in the continental United<br />

States by phone.<br />

Technical support information can also be found on the <strong>Rediker</strong> Web site at:<br />

http://www.rediker.com/support.html<br />

Training<br />

For information on current training available, see the <strong>Rediker</strong> Web site at:<br />

http://www.rediker.com/training.html<br />

Follow the links to obtain information about scheduled classes, training at customer<br />

sites, and class registration.<br />

Documentation Feedback<br />

Your comments on the documentation help us to understand and meet your needs. You<br />

can send e-mail to doc@rediker.com.<br />

4 <strong>Attendance</strong> Manual


<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Program Summary<br />

1) Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

• Create <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for daily attendance entry.<br />

• Create Register codes to keep track of state reported<br />

attendance data for your school<br />

• Edit or delete register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes as<br />

needed<br />

• Link attendance Codes to Register codes to ensure<br />

that attendance entries appear on the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Register.<br />

2) Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

3) Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

4) Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

• Print manual or scanner forms for recording daily<br />

homeroom attendance.<br />

• Print manual or scanner attendance entry forms by<br />

course section for use the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Module<br />

or for schools without homerooms.<br />

• Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> manually using a scanner or<br />

importing from Grade Quick.<br />

• Print the <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Bulletin<br />

• Build your school’s calendar one-day-at-a-time, each<br />

day you enter the program.<br />

• Update student and staff attendance records<br />

• Type corrections and messages to be printed on the<br />

daily bulletin


5) Correct<br />

(continued)<br />

• View attendance data for one student or staff member<br />

at a time.<br />

6) Report Writer<br />

• Correct a student’s attendance for the entire year.<br />

• Design and print letters, and reports for students<br />

based on their daily attendance data.<br />

• Letters and reports may optionally be e-mailed to<br />

parents<br />

• Print letters to parents of students exceeding or falling<br />

short of a designated attendance entry limit<br />

• Print an attendance register and daily records report<br />

• Print daily advisor’s lists including the parent’s name<br />

and work phone number<br />

7) Calendar<br />

• (automatic caller for absent students)<br />

• View and print the school calendar<br />

• Correct an error in the school calendar<br />

• Insert or delete school days<br />

8) Batch Entry<br />

• Edit the membership value of each day<br />

• Enter attendance codes for groups of students based<br />

on grade level or Data Base entry


Getting Started<br />

Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2<br />

Step 1: Use the Register and<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Program. . . . . . 2<br />

Step 2: Print Data Entry Forms . . . . 2<br />

Step 3: Fill Out Manual Entry Forms 2<br />

Step 4: Fill Out Scanner Entry Forms3<br />

Step 5: Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> with the<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Program . . 3<br />

Step 5: Correct the Current Date’s<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> and Reprint the<br />

Bulletin with the Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Program . . . . . . . . . . . 4<br />

Step 6: View or Edit <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

with the Correct Program . . . . . . . . 4<br />

Step 7: Print or Design <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Reports with the Report<br />

Writer Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4<br />

Step 8: Edit or Print the Calendar<br />

with the Calendar Program. . . . . . . 5<br />

Step 9: Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Quickly<br />

with the Batch Entry Program. . . . . 5<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

I


Getting Started<br />

Getting Started<br />

Getting Started<br />

The programs in <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus will generally be used in the order that they are listed<br />

on the navigation menus and program summary at the front of this manual. Furthermore,<br />

this manual is also organized according to this convention (that is, Program #1 Register<br />

& <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes is also covered in Chapter 1 of this manual). The following<br />

overview is intended as a general quick-start reference. For detailed information on a<br />

specific program, refer to the corresponding chapter in this manual.<br />

Step 1: Use the Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Program<br />

You will start using <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus by setting up your Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes.<br />

The Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Code lists are the heart of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus module.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus comes with default lists already created for you, however, you may<br />

wish to edit the default lists to meet the specific needs of your school.<br />

Register Codes are used to summarize attendance data on the attendance register. The<br />

default Register Code list includes: Absent, Tardy, Dismissed, Non-member, Entry and<br />

Withdrawal. You may have up to 25 Register Codes, although many schools only use<br />

these six.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes are recorded for students and staff members when you enter the<br />

attendance each day. You may use the default <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes already setup when<br />

you purchased the software, or create new <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes to add to the default list.<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code list can contain up to 250 <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes that may or may not<br />

be linked to one or more Register Codes. For example the <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Absence,<br />

Excused Absence, Unexcused Absence and Medical Absence are each linked to the<br />

Register Code Absent. In summary, legal registers are only concerned with absences,<br />

tardies and dismissals. <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus allows you to have numerous <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

that are all summarized as absences, tardies and dismissals for the purpose of printing a<br />

legal attendance register.<br />

Step 2: Print Data Entry Forms<br />

If you take your daily attendance in a homeroom, use program 2) Print Homeroom<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms to print either manual or scanner homeroom attendance entry forms<br />

for each of the homerooms in your school. If you take daily attendance during a class<br />

period, use program 3) Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms. As long as students’<br />

schedules are in the computer. Furthermore, you can print forms for all sections or only<br />

those meeting a specific period.<br />

Step 3: Fill Out Manual Entry Forms<br />

Teachers will use the forms printed to enter attendance. Each morning, homeroom<br />

teachers will mark students’ attendance on the forms using a vertical line “|” for an<br />

absence, a “T” for a tardy, or an upside down “T” for a dismissal. Times for tardies and<br />

II<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus


Getting Started<br />

Getting Started<br />

dismissals should also be included next to the tardy and dismissal symbols. These are<br />

typically the most frequently used codes, but you can enter any of your other 250<br />

attendance codes as well.<br />

The above method of recording attendance simplifies the process of correcting the<br />

attendance forms. For instance, if a student misses homeroom and comes to the office<br />

tardy, the line on the manual entry form which noted an absence can easily be changed<br />

to a “T”.<br />

Step 4: Fill Out Scanner Entry Forms<br />

Each morning, homeroom teachers will bubble in students’ attendance on the forms. If<br />

a student is absent, simply fill in the “A” bubble under the appropriate day of the week.<br />

If a student is tardy, fill in the “T” bubble. If both the “A” and “T” bubbles are filled in,<br />

the computer will assume the student is tardy. In other words, if a teacher initially marks<br />

a student as absent, and then the student walks in tardy, it is not necessary to erase the<br />

“A” bubble.<br />

For each day, there are also “E” and “U” bubbles for Excused and Unexcused. If a<br />

teacher knows that a student’s absence or tardiness is either excused or unexcused, then<br />

he or she may fill in the appropriate bubble. If both the “E” and “U” bubbles are filled<br />

in. the computer will assume the code is excused. In other words, if a teacher initially<br />

marks a student as “Unexcused” and then the student provides an excuse, it is not<br />

necessary to erase the “U” bubble. If neither the “E” nor “U” bubbles are filled in, you<br />

may direct the computer to have the absence or tardy default to either “excused” or<br />

“unexcused.” For further information, see chapter 4.<br />

The default time for scanned tardies is “HR” (tardy to homeroom). You may change this<br />

from within the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program. You also need to record dismissals<br />

on a separate piece of paper and attach it to the scanner form. After scanning the forms,<br />

you can enter the dismissals into the computer manually.<br />

Step 5: Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> with the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Program<br />

After the homeroom period, teachers should send all entry forms to the office. The data<br />

contained on these forms will then be entered into the computer with the Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> program. As you record the attendance each day, your school calendar is<br />

automatically built.<br />

If you are not using a scanner, you will enter only students’ ID numbers, the appropriate<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code, and, if necessary, the tardy or dismissal times. As you enter ID<br />

numbers, the computer will simultaneously update students’ attendance records in their<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

III


Getting Started<br />

Getting Started<br />

NOTE:<br />

attendance files. After you have entered all of the attendance, the Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> program will produce the daily attendance bulletin. The daily bulletin may<br />

be printed or e-mailed to staff members.<br />

Do not throw away your homeroom attendance sheets at the end of each week. Save them<br />

for the entire school year. If the need arises, it is much easier to re-enter attendance<br />

information from the homeroom attendance sheets than from the daily bulletins.<br />

Step 5: Correct the Current Date’s <strong>Attendance</strong> and Reprint the<br />

Bulletin with the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Program<br />

If you access the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program for a date for which the attendance<br />

has already been done, you will be able to recall all of the attendance that was entered<br />

for that date. This makes it easy to edit that day’s attendance, such as changing absent<br />

codes to tardies. After changes are made, you can re-print the bulletin. Although the<br />

Correct program may also be used to correct the attendance for individual students for<br />

any date, it is easier to use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program to correct multiple<br />

students for date. If, you wish to make two or three corrections for one student for<br />

different dates, use the Correct program. If, on the other hand, you want to correct the<br />

attendance for different students all on the same date, use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

program.<br />

Step 6: View or Edit <strong>Attendance</strong> with the Correct Program<br />

The Correct program allows you to view or correct individual students’ attendance for<br />

the entire year. In fact, you may even add attendance codes into a student’s record for<br />

future dates. For example, if you know a student is going to be absent tomorrow, you<br />

may enter that information today. You can also easily retrieve a student by name without<br />

first restricting your search to a particular grade. Thus, if you type “Red”, Richard<br />

<strong>Rediker</strong> will appear no matter what grade level he is in. Finally there is also a Letter<br />

column for each school day that allows you to see on which days attendance letters were<br />

printed for particular students. (The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer has a duplicate letter<br />

check option that you can use to ensure that you do not print and send the same letter for<br />

a second time to the same student.)<br />

Step 7: Print or Design <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports with the Report<br />

Writer Program<br />

Virtually all attendance reports will be produced with this program., including the legal<br />

attendance register, the advisor’s list showing the names of all students absent today,<br />

and various kinds of letters.The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer allows you to search for<br />

students exceeding or falling short of a specified number of a given <strong>Attendance</strong> or<br />

Register Code. Furthermore, any report generated in the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer can<br />

be e-mailed to students’, staff members or parents.<br />

IV<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus


Getting Started<br />

Getting Started<br />

This program contains all of the features and codes of the Data Base Report Writer as<br />

well as dozens of <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer codes. You can either use the numerous<br />

reports that come with <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus or design your own reports.<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer includes a “Duplicate Letter Check” option. When it<br />

is On, any letters printed for students will be notated in their records. The Correct<br />

program may be used to view which letters have been printed for each student as well<br />

as when they were printed. If the Duplicate Letter Check is on, the same letter will not<br />

be printed twice for a student. Consequently, you can design separate letters to be<br />

printed for students exceeding, 5, 10, and 15 absences and be certain that once a letter<br />

has been printed one time for a student, it will not be printed again during subsequent<br />

searches on that same number of absences.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Step 8: Edit or Print the Calendar with the Calendar Program<br />

Your calendar is built one day at a time when you use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

program. The Calendar program enables you edit the calendar or print the days that are<br />

currently in your calendar. If you miss doing the attendance for a school day, the<br />

Calendar program allows you to insert a new date so that it will remain in chronological<br />

order. If you do this, all of the data in students’ attendance files will simultaneously be<br />

moved forward one day. Similarly, if you delete a date in the calendar, all attendance<br />

data will move back one day. You will also be deleting any attendance data for that date<br />

in all student or staff attendance records.<br />

Although you may use this program to add days to the end of the calendar, it is<br />

recommended that you build your calendar one day at a time using the Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> program.<br />

Step 9: Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Quickly with the Batch Entry<br />

Program<br />

The Batch Entry program allows you to use a batch process to enter attendance codes<br />

(including the code for Present) as well as times into students’ attendance records. In<br />

other words, codes and times can be entered for all students in a grade level or range of<br />

grade levels or just for those students you select by searching on a data base field. For<br />

example, you could enter that all students playing baseball will be dismissed today at<br />

1:30 or that all of the students on bus #1 were tardy at 8:35. Then, later when you use<br />

the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program, this information will already be there ready to be<br />

printed on your bulletin.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

V


Getting Started<br />

Getting Started<br />

VI<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus


Table of Contents<br />

Administrator’s Plus <strong>Attendance</strong> Manual<br />

Legal Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2<br />

About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . 3<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>luded in this Guide . . . . . . . . 3<br />

Contact Information . . . . . . . . . 4<br />

Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . .4<br />

Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4<br />

Documentation Feedback . . . . . . .4<br />

Getting Started<br />

Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . II<br />

Step 1: Use the Register and<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Program . . . . . . .II<br />

Step 2: Print Data Entry Forms . . . .II<br />

Step 3: Fill Out Manual Entry Forms . .II<br />

Step 4: Fill Out Scanner Entry Forms III<br />

Step 5: Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> with the Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Program . . . . . . . III<br />

Step 5: Correct the Current Date’s<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> and Reprint the Bulletin with the<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Program. . . . IV<br />

Step 6: View or Edit <strong>Attendance</strong> with<br />

the Correct Program . . . . . . . . . . IV<br />

Step 7: Print or Design <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Reports<br />

with the Report Writer Program . . . . IV<br />

Step 8: Edit or Print the Calendar with the<br />

Calendar Program . . . . . . . . . . . V<br />

Step 9: Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Quickly with<br />

the Batch Entry Program . . . . . . . . V<br />

Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes 1<br />

Navigating to Register and<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . . . . . 1-2<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . .1-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4<br />

Right Click Menu. . . . . . . . . . .1-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4<br />

Register Codes. . . . . . . . . . . 1-5<br />

The Default List of Register Codes . 1-5<br />

Defining Register Codes . . . . . . 1-5<br />

Register Codes Window. . . . . . . 1-6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . . . . . . 1-7<br />

Time Linked <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . 1-7<br />

The Default List of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes1-8<br />

Register Code Links. . . . . . . . . 1-8<br />

Register Code Link Amounts . . . . 1-9<br />

Excused or Unexcused Register<br />

Code Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Screen . . . . 1-10<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting<br />

Register Codes . . . . . . . . . 1-12<br />

Adding a New Register Code . . . 1-12<br />

Editing an Existing Register Code. 1-13<br />

Deleting a Register Code . . . . . 1-14<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . . . . 1-15<br />

Adding an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code . . . 1-15<br />

Editing an Existing <strong>Attendance</strong> Code1-16<br />

Delete an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. . . . 1-17<br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms 2<br />

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2<br />

The Homeroom Roster . . . . . . . 2-3<br />

Navigate to Print HR<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms . . . . . . . . 2-4<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . 2-4<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . 2-5<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6<br />

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications . . 2-7<br />

Program Specifications . . . . . . . 2-9<br />

1


Printing Homeroom<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms . . . . . . . 2-10<br />

HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 12-11<br />

Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms:<br />

Print Menu 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms . . . 2-13<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms. . . . 2-13<br />

Printing Scanner Forms . . . . . . 2-16<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms 3<br />

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2<br />

Navigating to Print Period<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms . . . . . . . . 3-3<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . 3-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . 3-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms Window . . . . . . . . . . 3-5<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms. . . . 3-6<br />

Printing Scanner Forms . . . . . 3-10<br />

Printing GradeQuick Rosters. . . 3-13<br />

Printing Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Reports by Teacher . . . . . . . 3-15<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Forms Print Menu. . . . . . . . 3-16<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> 4<br />

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2<br />

Building the Calendar . . . . . . . 4-3<br />

Navigating to Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . . . . . . . 4-4<br />

Navigation Menu. . . . . . . . . . 4-4<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . 4-5<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5<br />

Adding a Day to the Calendar . . . 4-6<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>luding Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data 4-7<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Window . . 4-8<br />

Entry Specifications . . . . . . . 4-10<br />

Entry Specifications Pages 3-4 . . 4-14<br />

Odyssey <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Linked to...<br />

(For GradeQuick Interface) . . . . 4-14<br />

Using the Manual Entry Window . 4-15<br />

Scanner Entry . . . . . . . . . . 4-18<br />

Scanner Entry Window . . . . . . 4-19<br />

The <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Bulletin . . 4-21<br />

Print Specifications . . . . . . . . 4-22<br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . . 4-25<br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> For a<br />

Date Already in the Calendar . . . . 4-29<br />

Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . 4-31<br />

Correct 5<br />

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2<br />

Navigate to Correct . . . . . . . . 5-3<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . 5-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Hot Key (Shift + F2) . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Program Window. . . . . . . . . . 5-5<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View . . . . . . . 5-7<br />

Register Code View . . . . . . . . . 5-8<br />

Entry and Withdrawal Codes. . . . 5-9<br />

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 5-11<br />

How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . 5-13<br />

Viewing or Printing <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Data for one Student. . . . . . . . . 5-14<br />

Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for<br />

one Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15<br />

Editing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for<br />

One Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16<br />

Entering Partial Week <strong>Attendance</strong> 5-16<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer 6<br />

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3<br />

Navigate to <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Report Writer . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4<br />

2


Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . 6-4<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . 6-5<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Overview6-6<br />

Primary and Secondary Filters. . . 6-6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks . . 6-8<br />

Sample Task: Register with Details 6-9<br />

The Default Tasks . . . . . . . . . 6-11<br />

Task 1: Advisor’s Report--List of all Students<br />

Absent Today with Phone Numbers 6-11<br />

Task 2: Export Advisor’s List to an ASCII<br />

File for use with Phone Master. . . 6-11<br />

Task 3: Register--Details for all Students<br />

and Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12<br />

Task 4: Register--Totals Only . . . . . . . 6-13<br />

Task 5: <strong>Daily</strong> Records and Register<br />

Combo--11 <strong>Inc</strong>h Wide Paper. . . . 6-13<br />

Task 6: <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report . . . . . . 6-14<br />

Report for Selected Students--<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View. . . . . . . 6-15<br />

Task 8: Report for Selected Students--<br />

Register Code View . . . . . . . . 6-16<br />

Task 9: Report for Selected Students--<br />

Day-By-Day Analysis . . . . . . . 6-16<br />

Task 10: Report for Selected Students--<br />

Entry Code on Day 0. . . . . . . . 6-17<br />

Task 11: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Search with Details . . . . . 6-17<br />

Task 12: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Search Offending Details Only6-18<br />

Task 13: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Search with Totals Only . . . 6-19<br />

TAsk 14: Search List--Register Code<br />

Search with Details. . . . . . . . . 6-19<br />

Task 15: Search List--Register Code<br />

Search Offending Details Only . . . 6-20<br />

Task 16: Search List--Register Code<br />

Search with Totals Only . . . . . . 6-20<br />

Task 17: Search Letter--<strong>Inc</strong>ludes all<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Data . . . . . . . . . . 6-21<br />

Task 18: Search Letter--<br />

Offending Dates Only . . . . . . . 6-22<br />

Task 19: Letter--For Students<br />

Tardy Today . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22<br />

Task 20: Perfect <strong>Attendance</strong> List . . . . . 6-23<br />

User-Defined Tasks . . . . . . . . 6-24<br />

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25<br />

Report Writer Print Menus . . . . 6-29<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports. . . . . 6-32<br />

Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Reports/Letters Window . . . . . . . 6-32<br />

The View/Edit Letters/<br />

Reports Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33<br />

File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33<br />

Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34<br />

Search Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35<br />

Options Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37<br />

Window Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38<br />

Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes . 6-42<br />

Special Register Code 3. . . . . . . . . . 6-54<br />

Page Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54<br />

Page Layout Menu . . . . . . . . 6-54<br />

Printer Setup Menu . . . . . . . . 6-55<br />

Printer Properties . . . . . . . . . 6-56<br />

The Default Reports . . . . . . . 6-56<br />

#1 Advisor’s Report . . . . . . . . 6-56<br />

#2 Phone Master Export . . . . . 6-59<br />

#3 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report. . . . 6-60<br />

#4 Register Code Report . . . . . 6-63<br />

#5 Table Report . . . . . . . . . . 6-64<br />

#6 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search: All . 6-64<br />

#7 Register Code Search: All . . . 6-65<br />

#8 <strong>Attendance</strong> Sch: Totals Only . . 6-67<br />

#9 Register Code Sch: Totals Only 6-67<br />

#10 Att Search: 1 Dates . . . . . . 6-68<br />

#11 Reg Search: 1 Dates . . . . . 6-68<br />

#12 Entry Codes: Day 0 . . . . . . 6-69<br />

#13 Entry Code Search . . . . . . 6-70<br />

#14 Withdrawal Code Search . . . 6-70<br />

#15 Enrollment Totals . . . . . . . 6-71<br />

#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd) . . . . . 6-72<br />

#17 <strong>Daily</strong> Records 1 cd wide . . . 6-75<br />

#18 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (2 cd) . . . . . 6-75<br />

#19 <strong>Daily</strong> Records 2 cd wide . . . 6-75<br />

#20 Att on Final Dt . . . . . . . . 6-76<br />

#21 Letter Head . . . . . . . . . . 6-76<br />

#22 Letter with Table . . . . . . . 6-78<br />

3


#23 Tardy Today Letter. . . . . . . 6-80<br />

#24 Letter Abs Dates . . . . . . . 6-81<br />

#25 10 Abs Letter . . . . . . . . . 6-81<br />

#26 15 Abs Letter . . . . . . . . . 6-82<br />

#27 20 Abs Letter . . . . . . . . . 6-82<br />

#28 Tardies Only . . . . . . . . . . 6-83<br />

#30 Table Report: 1 Per . . . . . . 6-83<br />

#36 Absences Only . . . . . . . . 6-83<br />

#42 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84<br />

#43 Register Totals . . . . . . . . 6-87<br />

#44 <strong>Daily</strong> Rec/Register . . . . . . 6-89<br />

#46 Register Search & Sort . . . . 6-90<br />

#47 Grade-by-Grade Register . . . 6-90<br />

#48 Register: Absence Ex & Unex. 6-91<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports . . . 6-92<br />

Editing Reports. . . . . . . . . . 6-96<br />

Calendar 7<br />

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2<br />

Building the Calendar . . . . . . . 7-2<br />

Editing the Calendar . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

Navigate to Calendar. . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4<br />

Calendar Program Window . . . . 7-5<br />

Editing the Calendar . . . . . . . . 7-6<br />

Editing a Calendar Day . . . . . . 7-6<br />

Inserting a Calendar Day . . . . . 7-7<br />

Deleting a Calendar Day . . . . . . 7-8<br />

Printing the Calendar . . . . . . . 7-8<br />

View/Edit the Period Rotation . . . 7-9<br />

Alternate Calendars . . . . . . . 7-10<br />

Accessing the Alternate<br />

Calendars Feature . . . . . . . 7-11<br />

Creating an Alternate Calendar . 7-12<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars . . 7-14<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

to Grade Levels . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14<br />

Assigning Calendars to<br />

Existing Students . . . . . . . . . . 7-16<br />

Setting Rules for Adding Days<br />

to Alternate Calendars . . . . . 7-19<br />

Editing Membership Values for<br />

Existing Days . . . . . . . . . . 7-22<br />

Reporting Which Students are<br />

Assigned to Which Calendars . 7-25<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar<br />

When First Opening an<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Program . . . . . . 7-26<br />

Changing the Membership Value<br />

of a Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27<br />

Changing the Membership Value<br />

of a Calendar for a New Day . . . . 7-28<br />

Changing the Calendar Used<br />

by an Existing Student<br />

in <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct. . . . . . 7-30<br />

Selecting a New Student’s Calendar<br />

in the Data Base Module . . . . 7-31<br />

Batch Entry 8<br />

Navigating to Batch Entry . . . . . 8-3<br />

Navigation Menu. . . . . . . . . . . 8-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4<br />

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4<br />

Batch Entry Menus . . . . . . . . . 8-6<br />

How to Batch Enter<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . . . . . 8-7<br />

Batch Entering <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

for Students or Staff . . . . . . . . . . 8-8<br />

Viewing the Batch Entry Log . . . 8-10<br />

4


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

1<br />

Navigating to Register and <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4<br />

Register Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5<br />

The Default List of Register Codes . 1-5<br />

Defining Register Codes . . . . . . . . . 1-5<br />

Register Codes Window. . . . . . . . . . 1-6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7<br />

Time Linked <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . 1-7<br />

The Default List of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes1-8<br />

Register Code Links. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8<br />

Register Code Link Amounts . . . . . . 1-9<br />

Excused or Unexcused Register<br />

Code Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Screen. . . . . . . . . . 1-10<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting<br />

Register Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12<br />

Adding a New Register Code. . . . . . 1-12<br />

Editing an Existing Register Code . . 1-13<br />

Deleting a Register Code . . . . . . . . . 1-14<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15<br />

Adding an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code . . . . . . 1-15<br />

Editing an Existing <strong>Attendance</strong> Code 1-16<br />

Delete an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. . . . . . . 1-17<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-1


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

The Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes program is the foundation for the <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

module. It contains the Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Code lists which are used to record<br />

student and staff attendance. Register Codes keep track of overall attendance categories<br />

(that is, Absent, Tardy and Dismissal). <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, which are the codes actually<br />

entered into student and staff records, include more specific information such as the<br />

reason for the attendance entry, such as Medical Absence, or Excused Tardy. Two lists<br />

are kept so that you can record specific attendance entries each day and then later, search<br />

for and report on more general attendance categories.<br />

Navigating to Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Use any of the following methods to display the View, Edit or Print Register Code List<br />

window.<br />

1-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Navigating to Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Navigation<br />

Menu<br />

Step1: From the<br />

Master Program<br />

Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key and<br />

press Enter<br />

OR<br />

• Double click<br />

2. <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

• Single click<br />

2. <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

and then single click Next<br />

Step 2: From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

menu:<br />

• Press the 1 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click<br />

1. Register &<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

OR<br />

• Single click<br />

1. Register &<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes,<br />

and then single click<br />

Next.<br />

Step 3: Click the Register Codes or <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes tab to open the desired screen.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-3


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Navigating to Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>, and then click the Codes.<br />

2 Click the Register Code or <strong>Attendance</strong> Code tab to make that tab active.<br />

Right Click Menu<br />

1 Right click the Administrator’s Plus background.<br />

2 To select the Register Code Screen, choose New Reg & Att Codes<br />

Register Code.<br />

3 To select the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Screen, choose New Reg & Att Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 Click Modules.<br />

2 Choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes.<br />

3 Click the Register Code or <strong>Attendance</strong> Code tab to make that tab active.<br />

1-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Register Codes<br />

Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Register Codes<br />

Register Codes summarize <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, allowing you to print reports and perform<br />

searches based on overall attendance categories such as Absent and Tardy. Register<br />

Codes are primarily used to keep track of attendance totals for legal register reports.<br />

Since register reports are concerned only with the total number of Absences, Tardies,<br />

and Dismissals, <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus uses Register Codes to organize different <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes under a general category.<br />

You can set up additional Register Codes to create customized attendance searches and<br />

reports. For example, to create a search category for all Medical attendance entries, (that<br />

is, Medical Dismissal, Medical Absence, Medical Withdrawal), you could create a<br />

Register Code called Medical. You would then link each of your Medical <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes to the new Register Code, Medical. This would allow you to search for the total<br />

number of students who had any type of medical attendance entry. For a complete<br />

description of Register Code Links, see page “Register Code Links” on page 1-8.<br />

The Default List of Register Codes<br />

The default register code list consists of the codes: Absent, Tardy, Dismissal, Nonmember,<br />

Entry, and Withdrawal. The six default codes can be renamed, but they cannot<br />

be deleted and their functions cannot change. In other words, you can change the name<br />

of Code #1 from A to ABS, but it will always be counted as Absent on reports and in<br />

searches. Therefore it is important that new codes are added using record numbers #7-<br />

#25.<br />

Defining Register Codes<br />

When setting up your Register Code List, you should include each attendance category<br />

required on your legal register. Typically these are Absent, Tardy and Dismissal which<br />

are all included in the default list.<br />

If you wish to create additional Register Codes for searching or reporting purposes, use<br />

codes #7-#25. The new Register Codes you create should represent the generalized<br />

category you wish to use for reporting tasks. Later you will link appropriate <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

to the newly created Register Code so that these <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes are included within<br />

the Register Code Search category (see “Register Code Links” on page 1-8).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-5


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Register Codes<br />

Register Codes Window<br />

The Register Code Screen allows you to add, edit or delete Register Codes. You can also<br />

print the entire list of Register Codes from this screen. Each Register Code consists of:<br />

a record number (1-25), a code name of up to 3 characters, and a description of up to 10<br />

characters which will appear in lookup windows as well as print on reports. The enabled<br />

function keys are listed across the bottom of the viewing window.<br />

1-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes are what you actually enter into student and staff attendance records.<br />

Unlike Register Codes, <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes can include specific information like the<br />

reason for or type of attendance entry. For a list of sample <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, see “The<br />

Default List of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes” on page 1-8.<br />

NOTE:<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code List will store up to 250 <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes. However, those numbered<br />

over 200 are reserved for codes pertaining to membership and will never print on daily<br />

attendance bulletins.<br />

You may enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes into student and staff records using Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong>, Correct, or Batch Entry In each of these programs, you can enter up to two<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for each student per day. For example, a student may have a Tardy<br />

code as well as a Dismissed code on the same date.<br />

Time Linked <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Time Linked Codes specify a second <strong>Attendance</strong> Code to be entered if Code 1 is<br />

recorded before or after a particular time. Time links allow you to automate your<br />

attendance policy so that, for example, any tardy later than 10:00 a.m. results in an half<br />

absence. In this example, the specified Time Linked Code, Half Absent, will be recorded<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-7


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

NOTE:<br />

in the Code 2 slot when a Tardy code is entered after 10:00. Time Linked Codes can also<br />

be used for students who are dismissed before a specified time (see page “Time Linked<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes” on page 1-7).<br />

In order for a Time Linked Code to be automatically recorded, the Tardy or Dismissal code<br />

with a time link must be the first attendance code entered for a student on a particular day.<br />

The Time Linked Code will not appear if, for example, a student was initially recorded as<br />

absent, then changed to tardy with a time after the Time Link time of 10:00.<br />

The Default List of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

The default list of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes includes the most common attendance entries used<br />

in most schools. Staff codes are indicated by the letter Z. All other codes record student<br />

attendance.<br />

Register Code Links<br />

Register Code Links establish the relationship between <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes and Register<br />

Codes. Any <strong>Attendance</strong> Code may be linked to up to two Register Codes. When you use<br />

Register Code Links, <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus counts both the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code as well as the<br />

linked Register Code. For example, if you link the <strong>Attendance</strong> codes, Excused Absence,<br />

1-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Unexcused Absence and Medical Absence to the Register Code Absent, then a student<br />

who has 3 Excused Absences, 2 Unexcused Absences and 5 Medical Absences will have<br />

10 of the Register Code Absent.<br />

Register Code View report for one student showing totals and dates for the Register Code Absent.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View Report for the same student as above, showing totals and dates for the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes: Absence Excused, Absence Unexcused and Absence Medical.<br />

NOTE:<br />

If you choose not to insert a Register Code Link, the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code is counted as Present.<br />

Register Code Link Amounts<br />

You must give Register Code Links a value in order for them to count in the overall<br />

register totals. Most <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes have a register link amount of 1. For example,<br />

Tardy Excused is linked to the Register Code Tardy in the amount of 1. However, Half<br />

Absence links to the Register Code Absent in the amount of 0.5. This means that each<br />

Half Absence <strong>Attendance</strong> Code in a student’s record is counted as 0.5 of the Register<br />

Code Absent.<br />

You can choose to set up new Register Code categories and use Register Code Links to<br />

reflect a school policy. For example, if you have an attendance policy which states that<br />

three tardies equals one absent, you can create a new Register Code called Abs & Tar/3<br />

which will keep track of all absences earned by the 3-tardy policy. Each Absent<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code will be linked to the Register Code Absent with an amount of 1 as well<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-9


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Screen<br />

as to Abs & Tar/3 in the amount of 1. Each Tardy <strong>Attendance</strong> Code will be linked to the<br />

Register Code Tardy with an amount of 1 as well as to Abs & Tar/3 in the amount of<br />

0.333.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Screen<br />

Excused or Unexcused Register Code Links<br />

Specifying E (Excused) or U (Unexcused) with a Register Code link allows you to<br />

perform Register Code searches which include only Excused or Unexcused <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes. An example of this type of search would include all students with more than 5<br />

excused absences, even if you have several absence codes that are considered excused<br />

(that is, Excused Absence and Medical Absence). If the E/U designation is blank, the<br />

code will be eliminated from this type of search.<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Screen allows you to add, edit or delete <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes. In<br />

addition, the entire list of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes may be printed.<br />

1-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Screen<br />

Field Name<br />

Description<br />

Record # The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code’s record number (1-250).<br />

Code<br />

Description<br />

Enter Time (Y/N)<br />

The name of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. It will appear on F6<br />

(Lookup) lists exactly as it appears here.<br />

The description (up to 15 characters) which will appear to the<br />

left of each code name on the lookup lists and printed on letters<br />

and reports.<br />

Select Y (Yes) if you would like the program to do either of the<br />

following:<br />

• Enter the current time for the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code when it is<br />

entered.<br />

• Consider the current time to apply a Time Linked Code (See<br />

below).<br />

Time Linked Code The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code automatically inserted into a student’s<br />

record if the time of arrival or departure is before or after the time<br />

specified under the Time Link Time.<br />

Time Link<br />

<br />

Time Link Time<br />

<br />

Register Link<br />

Code<br />

Register Link<br />

Amount<br />

Register Link E/U<br />

Choose Before if you are entering a Time Linked code for a<br />

dismissal. The Time Linked Code will be entered for students<br />

who leave before the specified time. Choose After if you are<br />

entering a Time Linked Code for a tardy.<br />

The time before or time after which you want the Time Linked<br />

Code to be entered.<br />

Each <strong>Attendance</strong> Code may be linked to up to 2 Register<br />

Codes. Type the desired Register Code(s) in slot 1 and slot 2.<br />

The code(s) to be linked.<br />

The value of the Register Code Link. For example, the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Excused Absence will link to the Register<br />

Code Absent with a value of 1. The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Half<br />

Absence will link to the Register Code Absent with a value of<br />

0.5.<br />

You may optionally enter an E (Excused) or U (Unexcused)<br />

which will enable the program to perform Register Code<br />

searches on either excused or unexcused <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes.<br />

NOTE:<br />

In order to have the current time entered or considered for the Time Linked Code, you must<br />

also turn the Use Current Time setting to ON at the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> screen. If the<br />

register link is blank, the code is considered “pending”.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-11


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting Register Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting Register Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus comes with six default Register Codes which you may modify and add<br />

to, (up to 15 codes). The entire list of Register Codes can be printed using the F9 (Print)<br />

option.<br />

Adding a New Register Code<br />

1 In the Register Codes tab, press F2 key or click F2 (Add).<br />

2 In the Code field, type a name for the new code.<br />

3 In the Description field, type a description of up to 15 characters.<br />

4 Click F10 (Accept) to save the new code.<br />

1-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting Register Codes<br />

Editing an Existing Register Code<br />

1 Select the code to edit using any of the following methods:<br />

• Type the name of the desired code in the Enter Code or Record Number<br />

field.<br />

• Look up the desired code by pressing F6, clicking F6 (Lookup) or clicking<br />

(Browse). Highlight the desired code and press Enter.<br />

• Scroll to the next or previous code by pressing F4 (Previous) or F5 (Next).<br />

2 Press F3 (Edit) or Click in the Name or the Description field depending on<br />

which property you wish to edit.<br />

3 Use the Delete or Backspace keys to edit the existing name or description.<br />

4 Press F10 (Accept) to save.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-13


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting Register Codes<br />

Deleting a Register Code<br />

NOTE:<br />

You cannot delete the first six default Register Codes. Although you can rename them, their<br />

function will stay the same, that is, Register Code #1 will always stand for Absent and<br />

Register Code #2 will always stand for Tardy.<br />

1 Select the code to edit using any of the following methods:<br />

• Type the desired code in the Enter Code or Record Number field.<br />

• Look up the desired code e by pressing F6, clicking F6 (Lookup) or clicking<br />

(Browse). Highlight the desired code and press Enter.<br />

2 Scroll to the next or previous code by clicking F4 (Previous) or F5 (Next).<br />

3 Click F8 and the warning screen below appears.<br />

NOTE:<br />

4 Click Yes to delete the code.<br />

Before deleting any Register Code, make certain that it has not been recorded for a student<br />

or staff member. To verify this you can perform a Register Code search using the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer.<br />

1-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Adding, Editing, or Deleting <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

You will need to make changes to the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code list when you first receive the<br />

software and any time you want to make a change in you school attendance policies.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus comes with numerous pre-defined default <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes which<br />

you can modify and add to, (up to 250 codes). The <strong>Attendance</strong> code list may be printed<br />

by opening the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Screen and pressing F9 or clicking F9 (Print)<br />

Adding an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

1 At the <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes screen, press F2 on your keyboard or click F2<br />

(Add).<br />

2 In the Code field, type a name for the new code.<br />

3 In the Description field, type a description for the new code.<br />

4 <strong>Inc</strong>lude a Time Link.<br />

a. To set up a time link, click the Yes radio button next to Enter<br />

Time (Y/N).<br />

b. Select an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for the time link. Notice the F6<br />

(Lookup) button at the bottom of the screen is enabled.<br />

c. Select Before or After to have the computer enter the Time<br />

Linked code either before or after the time specified in the next<br />

step.<br />

d. Type in a time before which or after which the Time Linked<br />

code will be entered.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-15


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

5 <strong>Inc</strong>lude Register Code Links:<br />

a. Next to the number 1), in the<br />

Code field, type in the name of<br />

the first Register Code to which<br />

this <strong>Attendance</strong> Code will link.<br />

b. Under AMT (Amount) type in<br />

a<br />

the value of the link.<br />

c. Under E/U, select E<br />

(Excused) or U (Unexcused) or<br />

leave blank for pending codes.<br />

d. If you would like to link this <strong>Attendance</strong> Code to a second<br />

Register Code follow the above steps in the fields to the right of<br />

the number 2).<br />

b<br />

c<br />

Editing an Existing <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

1 At the <strong>Attendance</strong> code screen, select the code to edit by:<br />

• Typing the code name or record number<br />

• Using the F6 (Lookup) or (Browse) option.<br />

2 Press F3 (Edit).<br />

3 Edit the current entry as desired. See “<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes Screen” on<br />

page 1-10 for a complete description of each option.<br />

1-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

4 Press F10 (Accept) to save your changes.<br />

Delete an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

1 Select the code to edit using any of the following methods:<br />

a. Type the name of the desired code in the Enter Code or<br />

Record Number field.<br />

b. Look up the desired code by pressing F6, clicking F6<br />

(Lookup) or clicking (Browse). Highlight the desired code and<br />

press Enter.<br />

2 Scroll to the next or previous code by pressing F4 (Previous) or F5 (Next).<br />

3 Click F8 (Delete).<br />

The warning screen below appears.<br />

NOTE:<br />

4 Click Yes to delete the code<br />

Before deleting any <strong>Attendance</strong> Code, make certain that it has not been recorded for a<br />

student or staff member. To verify this you can perform an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code search using<br />

the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 1-17


1-18 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Register & <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Adding, Editing, or Deleting <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Forms<br />

2<br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2<br />

The Homeroom Roster. . . . . . . . . . . 2-3<br />

Navigate to Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms2-4<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6<br />

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications. . . . 2-7<br />

Program Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 2-9<br />

Printing Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms 2-10<br />

HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 1 2-11<br />

Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print<br />

Menu 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms. . . . . . . . . 2-13<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms . . . . . . 2-13<br />

Printing Scanner Forms . . . . . . . . . . 2-16<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-1


Introduction<br />

NOTE:<br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Introduction<br />

The Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms program generates printed forms for teachers<br />

to record the day’s attendance. It consists of two specification screens (described on<br />

pages “<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications” on page 2-7 and “Program Specifications” on<br />

page 2-9) as well as two print menus (described on pages “HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print<br />

Menu 1” on page 2-11 and “Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 2” on page 2-<br />

12). You have the option to print forms for manual or scanner entry. Once teachers have<br />

filled in the manual or scanner forms, they will be returned to the office and used to<br />

record the attendance using the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program (See Chapter 4).<br />

If your school records daily attendance in a period other than homeroom, you must use the<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms to generate entry forms for the period in which daily<br />

attendance is recorded.<br />

2-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The Homeroom Roster<br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Introduction<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus compiles a list of homerooms by reading the homeroom field for each<br />

student and staff member in the Data Base Plus Address program. For example, if “102”<br />

is entered into the homeroom field for 20 students, the printed form for homeroom 102<br />

will list each of these students. The staff member with “102” entered in his or her<br />

homeroom field will print at the top of the form.<br />

NOTE:<br />

The homeroom field entries for the homeroom teacher and each student must be identical in<br />

order for the homeroom roster to be printed accurately. If these entries differ, the list of<br />

students may be incomplete or the teacher’s name may not print at the top of the form.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-3


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigate to Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigate to Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Use any of the following methods to display the View, Edit or Print Register Code List<br />

window.<br />

Navigation Menu<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

and then single<br />

click Next.<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

Menu:<br />

• Press the 2 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click on 2.<br />

Print HR<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms.<br />

OR<br />

• Single click on<br />

Print HR<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

and click Next.<br />

2-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigate to Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2 Click HR Forms.<br />

Right Click Menu<br />

1 Right click on the Administrator’s Plus Odyssey<br />

background.<br />

2 Click Print <strong>Attendance</strong> HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-5


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Specifications<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 Click Modules.<br />

2 Choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms.<br />

Specifications<br />

The Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms specification screens allow you to customize<br />

how the Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> forms are printed. The first screen is referred to as<br />

“<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications.” Because the <strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications screen<br />

contains the day of the week headings, it automatically appears each time you open the<br />

program. The second screen is referred to as “Program Specifications.” To access the<br />

Program Specifications screen, you must accept the desired settings for the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Form Specifications and select Inspect/Change Program Specifications from Print<br />

Menu 1 (See page “HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 1” on page 2-11).<br />

NOTE:<br />

All specification, page layout and printer settings are saved per user.<br />

2-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Specifications<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-7


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Specifications<br />

The Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms specifications appears below.<br />

Specification<br />

1) Manual/Scanner or GQ<br />

Rosters<br />

Description<br />

Choose whether to print manual or scanner forms.<br />

When you select Scanner, the options for<br />

Specification 9) will change to Size of Scanning File. If<br />

you are using the Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

program to generate homeroom rosters for Grade<br />

Quick refer to the Administrator’s Plus/ Grade Quick<br />

Interface manual included with your software.<br />

2) Homeroom Field Select the Address field containing the homeroom<br />

assignment for students and staff.<br />

3) Spacing for Manual<br />

Forms<br />

4) Heading for Day 1<br />

5) Heading for Day 2<br />

6) Heading for Day 3<br />

7) Heading for Day 4<br />

8) Heading for Day 5<br />

Select from the following options:<br />

• Single Spacing: This setting allows for up to 50<br />

students to be printed on a single page.<br />

• Double Spacing (1 Pg if Necessary): This setting<br />

allows for double spacing to be used unless there<br />

are more than 25 students per form. In cases where<br />

there are more than 25 students, some students will<br />

be single spaced to force the entry form to fit on one<br />

page.<br />

• Double Spacing (2 Pg if Necessary): All students<br />

will be double spaced even if the form requires two<br />

pages.<br />

The homeroom attendance forms automatically print<br />

the weekday headings M-F or S-W. You can use the<br />

days 1-5 headings to print the calendar date of up to<br />

five characters, (for example, 12/05) above each day<br />

of the week heading. You may also type in a special<br />

entry for holidays such as five asterisks (*****) as the<br />

heading for that day.<br />

2-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Specifications<br />

9) School Week (Manual<br />

Forms)<br />

Size of Scanning File<br />

(Scanner Forms)<br />

GradeQuick Export path<br />

(GQ Rosters)<br />

Specify whether your school week runs from Monday<br />

through Friday or Saturday through Wednesday.<br />

If you are only scanning attendance information for<br />

homerooms, the size of the scanning file must exceed<br />

the number of homerooms in your school. For most<br />

schools the minimum of 2000 is sufficient. However, if<br />

you also scan period attendance and/or study hall<br />

attendance, the size of the scanning file must exceed<br />

the total number of homerooms plus the total number<br />

of course sections plus the total number of study halls.<br />

Displays the path used to export GradeQuick rosters.<br />

Change this path using the Customize Data Base<br />

option. See the GradeQuick Deluxe-Administrator’s<br />

Plus User Guide for more information<br />

Program Specifications<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-9


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

The Program specifications appears below.<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Print Preview Selecting Yes enables the print preview option. Selecting<br />

No causes the attendance forms to go directly to the<br />

printer.<br />

2) Full or Abbreviated<br />

Names<br />

3) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Active/Inactive<br />

Students<br />

4) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Blank<br />

Search/Sort Cats<br />

(Categories)<br />

Choose whether to print the full or abbreviated names of<br />

students or staff.<br />

Choose whether to include or omit inactive students<br />

(students who have been withdrawn using the New Files<br />

program).<br />

This specification only applies when searching and/or<br />

sorting based on a database field. Selecting Yes causes<br />

the program to print a separate category called “No Entry”<br />

for all students who do not have an entry in the search<br />

field.<br />

5) Start Grade for All<br />

Grades<br />

6) End Grade for All Grades<br />

When you print the attendance forms you have the option<br />

to print for all grade levels. If you would like to limit printing<br />

to a range of grades, choose the lowest grade in that<br />

range for the start grade and the highest grade in that<br />

range for the end grade.<br />

7) Page Setup Allows you to select the default paper and printer settings<br />

(see “Page Setup” on page 6-54).<br />

Printing Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Once the desired specifications have been selected, you are ready to print the<br />

Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> forms. There are two print menus used to define how the forms<br />

are printed and for whom.<br />

2-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 1<br />

Option<br />

Grade Number<br />

All Grades<br />

Inspect/Change <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Form Specs (Specifications)<br />

Inspect/Change Program<br />

Specifications<br />

Description<br />

To print forms for only one grade level, type the<br />

desired grade level here.<br />

Select All Grades to print forms for all grade levels in<br />

your school. You may also use this option to print for<br />

a range of grade levels using the start and end grade<br />

settings in the Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print<br />

Specifications (see page “5) Start Grade for All<br />

Grades” on page 2-10).<br />

Opens the <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Specifications window.<br />

See “<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications” on page 2-7<br />

for more information on this window.<br />

Opens the Program Specifications screen.<br />

Once you choose a specific grade level or All Grades from Print Menu 1, the second<br />

print menu for Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> forms will appear. Use this menu to select all or<br />

selected homerooms for printing.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-11


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 2<br />

Option<br />

All Homerooms...No Pause<br />

All Homerooms...Pause if no<br />

staff<br />

Individual Homerooms<br />

Individual ID Numbers<br />

Description<br />

Forms for each homeroom will print at once. If<br />

there is no teacher listed for a particular<br />

homeroom, the teacher name area on the printed<br />

form will be left blank.<br />

Prints forms for all homerooms. If there is no staff<br />

member assigned to a homeroom, the program will<br />

pause and prompt you to type in a staff name to<br />

appear at the top of the form.<br />

Prints only one homeroom at a time. After selecting<br />

this option, you will be prompted to select the<br />

homeroom to print. If there is no staff member<br />

assigned to the selected homeroom, you will be<br />

prompted to enter a teacher name.<br />

After selecting this option, you will be prompted to<br />

enter a homeroom number and staff member if<br />

necessary. In addition, you must select the<br />

students who will be included in the homeroom<br />

roster rather than allowing the computer to compile<br />

a list based on homeroom field entries.<br />

Main Menu (New Grade Level) Brings you back to the first print menu where you<br />

can select another grade level.<br />

2-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

You will use the Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms program to generate entry forms<br />

for teachers to record the daily attendance. These forms will then be turned into the<br />

office and used to input the daily homeroom attendance into Administrator’s Plus. Use<br />

the instructions below to print manual or scanner homeroom attendance forms.<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms<br />

1 Set Specification 1) Manual/Scanner Forms or GQ Rosters to Manual<br />

Forms.<br />

2 Choose the desired settings for the remaining Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Forms Specifications. Refer to “<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications” on page 2-<br />

7 for a detailed explanation of each option.<br />

3 To accept the default specifications, click Done.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-13


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

4 Choose the desired settings for the Program Specifications screen (see<br />

“Program Specifications” on page 2-9).<br />

5 To accept the default specifications, click Done<br />

6 From the Manual Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu, select a grade<br />

level for which to print the forms, or choose All Grades to print for every<br />

grade level in your selected grade range.<br />

2-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

7 At the next print menu select the homerooms to include and how the forms<br />

should print. For an explanation of each print option See“Homeroom<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu 2” on page 2-12.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-15


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Scanner Forms<br />

If you also scan period attendance and/or study hall attendance, the size of the scanning<br />

file must exceed the total number of homerooms plus the total number of course sections<br />

plus the total number of study halls.<br />

To Print Scanner Forms:<br />

1 Set Specification 1) Manual/Scanner Forms or GQ Rosters to Scanner<br />

Forms.<br />

2 Choose the desired Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Specifications<br />

(Disregard Specification 3). Refer to page “<strong>Attendance</strong> Form Specifications”<br />

on page 2-7 for a detailed explanation of each option.<br />

3 Click Done.<br />

The Scanner Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu appears.<br />

2-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

4 Select a grade level for which to print the forms, or choose All Grades to<br />

print for every grade level or the range of grade levels selected using the<br />

start grade and end grade settings in Specifications: Print HR.<br />

The second print menu appears.<br />

5 At the second print menu, choose whether to print all homerooms or<br />

selected homerooms. See page “Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms: Print Menu<br />

2” on page 2-12 for information on each of the print menu options.<br />

The attendance form prints in with the specified range.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 2-17


2-18 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print HR <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms


3<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2<br />

Navigating to Print Period<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms . . . . . . . . 3-6<br />

Printing Scanner Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10<br />

Printing GradeQuick Rosters . . . . . . . . 3-13<br />

Printing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports<br />

by Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-1


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

Schools that take daily attendance in a period other than homeroom should use the Print<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms program to generate the daily attendance entry forms. The<br />

primary purpose of the Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms program is to generate<br />

attendance entry forms for schools using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> module. In order to use<br />

the program for this purpose, student’s schedules must have been entered using the<br />

Report Cards or Scheduling module.<br />

After navigating to the program, you will immediately come to the Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entry Forms window (see “The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms Window” on page 3-5).<br />

You will select and then confirm the type of form you want, and then the corresponding<br />

specifications window appears. You then set the specifications, and then choose your<br />

print specifications before the form prints (see “Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print Menu” on page 3-16)<br />

3-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Navigating to Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigating to Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Use any of the following methods to display the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms<br />

window.<br />

Navigation Menu<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

b<br />

• Click<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus,<br />

and then single click<br />

Next.<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

Menu:<br />

• Press the 3 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 3. Print<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Forms<br />

OR<br />

• Single click Print<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Forms, and then<br />

click Next.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-3


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigating to Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2 Click Period Forms.<br />

Right Click Menu<br />

1 Right click the Administrator’s Plus background.<br />

2 To select the Register Code Screen, choose Print <strong>Attendance</strong> PR<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 From the Modules menu, choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Print Period<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Forms.<br />

3-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms Window<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms Window<br />

The option selected in the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms window determines which<br />

attendance form and corresponding set of specifications appear.<br />

Use this window to select what you want to print, as well as which corresponding<br />

specifications window accordingly.<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms<br />

Option<br />

Description<br />

1) Manual Entry Forms See “Printing Manual Entry Forms” on page 3-6<br />

for more information on the form’s specifications.<br />

2) Scanner Entry Forms See “Printing Scanner Forms” on page 3-10 for<br />

more information on the form’s specifications.<br />

3) GradeQuick Rosters See “Printing GradeQuick Rosters” on page 3-13<br />

for more information on the form’s specifications.<br />

4) Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by<br />

Teacher<br />

See “Printing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by<br />

Teacher” on page 3-15 for more information on<br />

the form’s specifications.<br />

After navigating to Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms window, the first window you will see is<br />

the Specifications window that corresponds with your from type chosen.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-5


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms<br />

Use the instructions below to print manual attendance forms for your designated daily<br />

attendance period.<br />

To Print Manual Entry Forms:<br />

1 In the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms window, select Manual Entry Forms,<br />

and then click, Next.<br />

The Specifications: Manual Entry Forms window appears.<br />

2 Set the specifications as desired on both pages.<br />

The specifications window allows you to customize the appearance of the forms as well<br />

as the information included. You will also use the specifications to identify the period<br />

designated as your school’s daily attendance period.<br />

The specifications are described below.<br />

3-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms<br />

Specifications: Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Which Periods Choose any period A through X.<br />

2) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Sections Meeting<br />

When<br />

3) Print Courses and/or<br />

Study Halls<br />

4) Heading for Day 1<br />

5) Heading for Day 2<br />

6) Heading for Day 3<br />

7) Heading for Day 4<br />

8) Heading for Day 5<br />

9) Start Course Number<br />

A) End Course Number<br />

B) Line Spacing for Manual<br />

Forms<br />

Choose to print only sections meeting during the<br />

current quarter or semester, or all sections.<br />

You may print forms for courses only, study halls only<br />

or both courses and study halls.<br />

The homeroom attendance forms automatically print<br />

the weekday headings M-F or S-W. You can use the<br />

days 1-5 headings to print the calendar date, (up to<br />

five characters, i.e. 12/05) above each day of the week<br />

heading. You may also type in a special entry for<br />

holidays such as five asterisks (*****) as the heading<br />

for that day.<br />

Use the start and end course numbers to specify a<br />

range of courses to print. To print for all courses, set<br />

the Start Course Number to 1 and the End Course<br />

Number to 999.<br />

Select from the following options:<br />

• Single Spacing: Single Spacing allows for up to 50<br />

students to be printed on a single page.<br />

• Double Spacing (1 Pg if Necessary): This setting<br />

allows for double spacing to be used unless there<br />

are more than 25 students per form. In cases where<br />

there are more than 25 students, some students will<br />

be single spaced to force the entry form to fit on one<br />

page.<br />

• Double Spacing (2 Pg if Necessary): All students<br />

will be double spaced even if the form requires two<br />

pages.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-7


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms<br />

Specifications: Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms<br />

Line Spacing for Manual<br />

Forms<br />

Select from the following options:<br />

• Single Spacing: Single Spacing allows for up to 50<br />

students to be printed on a single page.<br />

• Double Spacing (1 Pg if Necessary): This setting<br />

allows for double spacing to be used unless there<br />

are more than 25 students per form. In cases where<br />

there are more than 25 students, some students will<br />

be single spaced to force the entry form to fit on one<br />

page.<br />

• Double Spacing (2 Pg if Necessary): All students<br />

will be double spaced even if the form requires two<br />

pages.<br />

3 Choose the desired settings for Page 2 of the Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Specifications.<br />

Page 2 of the specifications are described in the following table.<br />

3-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Manual Entry Forms<br />

Specifications: Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Page 2<br />

Specification<br />

1) Start Grade<br />

2) End Grade<br />

Description<br />

When you print the attendance forms you have the<br />

option to print for all grades. If you would like to limit<br />

printing to a range of grade levels, choose the<br />

lowest grade in that range for the start grade and<br />

the highest grade in that range for the end grade.<br />

3) School Week Specify whether your school week runs from<br />

Monday through Friday or Saturday through<br />

Wednesday.<br />

4) Print Preview Selecting Yes enables the print preview option.<br />

Selecting No causes the attendance forms to go<br />

directly to the printer.<br />

Page Setup<br />

Allows you to select the default paper and printer<br />

settings (see “Page Setup” on page 6-54).<br />

4 Click Done to accept the specifications.<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu appears.<br />

5 Select the range you would like to include using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms Print Menu. See “Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu” on<br />

page 3-16 for more information on this menu.<br />

6 Click Next to print the form.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-9


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Scanner Forms<br />

Printing Scanner Forms<br />

Printing scan forms creates a file that tells the program which students were printed on<br />

each form. This file ensures that <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes are recorded for the correct student<br />

when they are read by the scanner. The size of this file (Specification C) must be set to<br />

a number large enough to exceed the total number of homerooms, plus the total number<br />

of course sections plus the total number of study halls for which you print scan forms.<br />

To Print Scanner Forms:<br />

1 In the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms window, select Scanner Entry Forms,<br />

and then click, Next.<br />

The Specifications: Scanner Entry Forms window appears<br />

2 Set the specifications as desired on both pages.<br />

The specifications window allows you to customize the appearance of the forms as well<br />

as the information included. The specifications are described below.<br />

3-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Scanner Forms<br />

Specifications: Scanner Entry Forms<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Which Periods Choose any period A through X.<br />

2) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Sections Meeting<br />

When<br />

3) Print Courses and/or<br />

Study Halls<br />

4) Heading for Day 1<br />

5) Heading for Day 2<br />

6) Heading for Day 3<br />

7) Heading for Day 4<br />

8) Heading for Day 5<br />

9) Start Course Number<br />

A) End Course Number<br />

Choose to print only sections meeting during the<br />

current quarter or semester, or all sections.<br />

You may print forms for courses only, study halls only<br />

or both courses and study halls.<br />

The homeroom attendance forms automatically print<br />

the weekday headings M-F or S-W. You can use the<br />

days 1-5 headings to print the calendar date, (up to<br />

five characters, i.e. 12/05) above each day of the week<br />

heading. You may also type in a special entry for<br />

holidays such as five asterisks (*****) as the heading<br />

for that day.<br />

Use the start and end course numbers to specify a<br />

range of courses to print. To print for all courses, set<br />

the Start Course Number to 1 and the End Course<br />

Number to 999.<br />

B) Size of Scanning File If you are only scanning attendance information for<br />

homerooms, the size of the scanning file must exceed<br />

the number of homerooms in your school. For most<br />

schools the minimum of 2000 is sufficient. However, if<br />

you also scan period attendance and/or study hall<br />

attendance, the size of the scanning file must exceed<br />

the total number of homerooms plus the total number<br />

of course sections plus the total number of study halls.<br />

Next Free Record<br />

Indicates the number of the next available attendance<br />

record<br />

3 Click Done to accept the specifications.<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu appears.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-11


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Scanner Forms<br />

4 Select the range you would like to include using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms Print Menu. See “Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu” on<br />

page 3-16 for more information on this menu.<br />

5 Click Next to print the form.<br />

3-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Printing GradeQuick Rosters<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing GradeQuick Rosters<br />

The GradeQuick rosters option, in the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms window, lets you<br />

set the specifications that determine the section rosters to send to GradeQuick. You must<br />

have GradeQuick, a third-party software, installed to use this option.<br />

To Print GradeQuick Rosters:<br />

1 In the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms window, select Grade Quick Rosters,<br />

and then click, Next.<br />

The Specifications: Send Section Rosters to GradeQuick window appears.<br />

2 Set the specifications as desired.<br />

The specifications window allows you to customize the appearance of the forms as well<br />

as the information included. The specifications are described below.<br />

Specifications: Send Section Rosters to<br />

GradeQuick<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Which Periods Choose any period A through X.<br />

2) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Sections Meeting<br />

When<br />

3) Print Courses and/or<br />

Study Halls<br />

Choose to print only sections meeting during the<br />

current quarter or semester, or all sections.<br />

You may print forms for courses only, study halls only<br />

or both courses and study halls.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-13


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing GradeQuick Rosters<br />

Specifications: Send Section Rosters to<br />

GradeQuick<br />

4) Start Course Number<br />

5) End Course Number<br />

Use the start and end course numbers to specify a<br />

range of courses to print. To print for all courses, set<br />

the Start Course Number to 1 and the End Course<br />

Number to 999.<br />

6) Start Grade for All<br />

Grades<br />

7) End Grade for All Grades<br />

3 Click Done to accept the specifications.<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu appears.<br />

If you would like to limit the students sent to a range of<br />

grades, choose the lowest grade in that range for the<br />

start grade and the highest grade in that range for the<br />

end grade.<br />

8) GradeQuick Export Path Make sure this option is set to the location of the<br />

APTOGQ folder. This field is only for informational<br />

purposes. To change this path, use the S.O.S.<br />

interface options. See the “GradeQuick-<br />

Administrator’s Plus Interface” manual.<br />

4 Select the range you would like to include using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry<br />

Forms Print Menu. See “Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu” on<br />

page 3-16 for more information on this menu.<br />

5 Click Next to view the exported GradeQuick rosters.<br />

3-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Printing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by Teacher<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Printing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by Teacher<br />

The <strong>Daily</strong> Details format prints student attendance codes for each school day within<br />

your specified date range. The Summary Data format prints the total number of excused,<br />

unexcused and pending absences and tardies as well as other attendance in the same<br />

format as View Period <strong>Attendance</strong> screen. Alternatively, you can summarize the<br />

attendance code totals by register code. Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by Teacher can<br />

include attendance for specific a date interval and/or year-to-date.<br />

Specifications: Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by<br />

Teacher<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Which Periods Choose any period A through X.<br />

2) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Sections Meeting<br />

When<br />

3) Print Courses and/or<br />

Study Halls<br />

Choose to print only sections meeting during the<br />

current quarter or semester, or all sections.<br />

You may print forms for courses only, study halls only<br />

or both courses and study halls.<br />

4) Individual Student Data Determines whether or not to display attendance<br />

information about individual students within a teachers<br />

class. Options include:<br />

• Do Not Show: Ensures student data does not<br />

appear in the report<br />

• <strong>Daily</strong> Details Only: Prints only student attendance<br />

codes for each school day within your specified<br />

date range.<br />

• Summary Only: Prints the total number of excused,<br />

unexcused, and pending absences and tardies as<br />

well as other attendance codes.<br />

• <strong>Daily</strong> Details & Summary Data: Prints both daily<br />

details and summary data for students.<br />

5) Summary Totals Allows you to print attendance data for specific a date<br />

interval and/or year-to-date.<br />

6) Which Reg Codes to<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>lude<br />

Determines whether to list as a sum all pending<br />

(blank), excused, and unexcused absences (all<br />

together), or print each entry detailed separately.<br />

7) Report Layout Determines whether to print one page per teacher,<br />

one page per section, or to use a few pages as<br />

possible (to save paper).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-15


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

Specifications: Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports by<br />

Teacher<br />

8) Interval Start Date<br />

9) Interval End Date<br />

B) Start Course Number<br />

C) End Course Number<br />

Only attendance codes occurring in this date interval<br />

will be read. In-other-words, only entries in this interval<br />

will be counted when tallying the totals. When printing<br />

students' disciplinary records, if an incident did not<br />

occur in this interval, it is though it never occurred.<br />

Use the start and end course numbers to specify a<br />

range of courses to print. To print for all courses, set<br />

the Start Course Number to 1 and the End Course<br />

Number to 999.<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

After you select which entry form to use, the corresponding specification window<br />

appears. After setting these specifications, a print menu appears. Use the Print menu to<br />

limit printing by section or teacher. Each print option is described in the following table.<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

Option<br />

Description<br />

1) All Sections/Studies Prints forms for all sections and/or study halls found in<br />

students’ schedules.<br />

2) Range of Teachers Prints forms for a range of teachers by teacher ID<br />

number. After choosing this option you must select a start<br />

teacher and end teacher from a lookup window.<br />

3) Individual Teachers Prints forms for individual teachers. Choosing this option<br />

opens a window in which you must type in or look up the<br />

specific teacher(s) you wish to include.<br />

3-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

4) Individual Sections Prints forms for individual sections. Choosing this option<br />

opens a window in which you must type in or look up the<br />

specific course section(s) you wish to include.<br />

5) Individual Studies Prints forms for individual study halls. Choosing this<br />

option opens a window in which you must type in or look<br />

up the specific study hall(s) you wish to include.<br />

6) Inspect/Change<br />

Specifications<br />

Opens the Specifications window corresponding to the<br />

selected attendance form.<br />

• Select All<br />

Sections/Studies forms to print<br />

entry forms for each course<br />

section within the limits set by<br />

specification pages 1 and 2.<br />

• When you select Range of<br />

Teachers, you must select the<br />

starting staff member and<br />

ending staff member from the<br />

menu pictured.<br />

• When you select Individual Teachers, you must select the desired teachers<br />

from the next menu. To select a teacher, type in the name or record number,<br />

and press Enter. You may also use the F6 Lookup option to highlight and<br />

select one or more teachers by name. Hold down the Shift key while clicking<br />

to select a range of teachers in the lookup list. Hold down the Ctrl key while<br />

clicking to select multiple teachers who are not listed in order. Once you<br />

have selected all of the desired teachers, click F10 (Accept)<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-17


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

• When you select Individual Sections, you must select the desired course<br />

sections from the next menu. Type in the desired course and section<br />

number or use the F6 Lookup option to highlight and select a section.<br />

3-18 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu<br />

• To print forms for an individual study hall, you must choose the desired<br />

study halls from a menu similar to the one pictured above. To select study<br />

halls, type in the study hall number and press Enter or use the F6 Lookup<br />

option to highlight and select a study hall. Press F10 or click the F10<br />

(Accept) button when each study hall has been selected.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 3-19


3-20 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms Print Menu


4<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2<br />

Building the Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3<br />

Navigating to Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> . 4-4<br />

Navigation Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6<br />

Adding a Day to the Calendar . . . . . . . 4-6<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>luding Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data 4-7<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Window . . . . . 4-8<br />

Entry Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10<br />

Entry Specifications Pages 3-4 . . . . 4-14<br />

Using the Manual Entry Window . . . . . 4-15<br />

Scanner Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18<br />

Scanner Entry Window. . . . . . . . . . . 4-19<br />

The <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Bulletin . . . . . . . 4-21<br />

Print Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22<br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . . . . . . . . 4-25<br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> For a Date<br />

Already in the Calendar . . . . . . . . . 4-29<br />

Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . . . . . . . 4-31<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-1


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

You use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program to record the daily attendance for students<br />

and staff. <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes can be entered manually, using a scanner, or a with an ID<br />

card swiper. The daily attendance may also be imported using the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Plus/Grade Quick Interface. Once the daily attendance has been entered, the program<br />

can generate a printed attendance bulletin. The daily bulletin lists all of the attendance<br />

entered for a particular school day. In addition, you may choose to include staff<br />

attendance, nurse dismissals, and messages on the bulletin. At any time during the<br />

school year, you may use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program to view or edit the<br />

attendance entries for a previous school day and reprint the bulletin.<br />

The Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program records information that you can view using other<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus modules, as described in the following list:<br />

• Each day, when you open the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program, a day is added to the<br />

end of your school calendar (see “Building the Calendar” on page 4-3).<br />

• Recording an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for a student also records both the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

and any linked Register Codes for that student (see “Register Code Links” on page 1-<br />

8).<br />

• It is possible to record <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes in advance using Batch Entry. Any<br />

previously entered codes can be viewed in Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> on the school day<br />

for which the codes were entered (see “<strong>Inc</strong>luding Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data” on<br />

page 4-7). These entries can also be printed on the daily bulletin.<br />

• The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer uses information recorded using Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong>, Correct and Batch Entry to produce numerous reports, letters to parents,<br />

and search lists.<br />

4-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Building the Calendar<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Building the Calendar<br />

The Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program will build your school calendar one day at a time.<br />

The first time you open the program for the day, a new day with the current date is added<br />

to the end of the calendar. Opening the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program a second time<br />

in one day will not add the day twice to the program.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Because school days are added to the calendar based on the use of the Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> program, it is important that you open the program on each school day even if<br />

all students and staff are present. If necessary, you can insert the missed day later using the<br />

Calendar program.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-3


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Navigating to Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Navigating to Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Use any of the following methods to start building the calendar and begin entering<br />

attendance.<br />

Navigation<br />

Menu.<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double-click 2<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

• Click 2 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Plus and, then click<br />

Next.<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

menu:<br />

• Press the 4 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 4.<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 4. Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>,<br />

and single click<br />

Next.<br />

4-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Navigating to Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2 Click Enter <strong>Daily</strong>.<br />

Right Click Menu<br />

1 Right click the Administrator’s Plus background.<br />

2 To select the Register Code window, choose Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

3 In the Modules, menu, choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-5


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Adding a Day to the Calendar<br />

Adding a Day to the Calendar<br />

When you first open Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>, the window pictured below will appear. It<br />

displays current date as well as the school day number that will be added to the calendar.<br />

If the date shown is incorrect, you may use the Change Date button to select another date<br />

that is already in your school calendar. If the desired date is not already in the calendar,<br />

it can be added using the Calendar program (see “Inserting a Calendar Day” on page 7-<br />

7).<br />

4-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Inc</strong>luding Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Adding a Day to the Calendar<br />

After accepting the date, the following window prompts you to choose whether or not<br />

to include Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data. Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data is any attendance<br />

already recorded for the selected calendar day. It may have been recorded using the<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>, Correct or Batch Entry programs. If you choose option 1)<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>lude Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data students who have already received attendance codes<br />

for that day will appear on the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> window. You must choose this<br />

option if you wish to edit and/or print previously entered attendance data on the daily<br />

attendance bulletin. If you choose not to include previous attendance data, these students<br />

will not appear on the Manual Entry window, (see page “Using the Manual Entry<br />

Window” on page 4-15), and will not print on the daily bulletin.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-7


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Window<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Window<br />

After adding a day to the calendar, the actual calendar used, as well as whether or not to<br />

include previous school data, the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> window appears.<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Menu Options<br />

1) Manual Entry Opens the Manual Entry window.<br />

2) Scanner Entry Opens Winscan, the scanning program used for scanner<br />

attendance entry. See “Scanner Entry” on page 4-18.<br />

3) Staff Opens the Manual Entry window.<br />

4) Corrections &<br />

Messages<br />

Lets you to correct messages printed on the attendance bulletin.<br />

5) Nurse Dismissals Lets you type nurse dismissals for the daily attendance bulletin.<br />

6) Print Bulletin Generates the daily attendance bulletin.<br />

7) Inspect/Change<br />

Entry<br />

Specifications<br />

Opens the Entry Specifications so you may customize the settings<br />

for attendance data using manual entry, scanner entry or from<br />

GradeQuick. See “Entry Specifications” on page 4-10.<br />

8) Inspect/Change<br />

Print Specifications<br />

Opens the Print Specifications window for the daily attendance<br />

bulletin. See “Print Specifications” on page 4-22.<br />

9) Receive from<br />

GradeQuick<br />

Opens the Import from Grade Quick menu, from which you may<br />

choose to import for all, or selected students, or view the<br />

attendance import specifications.<br />

4-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Window<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Menu Options (Continued)<br />

A) Rebuild Swiper<br />

Index<br />

Rebuilds the swiper index. You must associate a field with the<br />

swiper card. See spec C under “Entry Specifications” on page 4-<br />

10. You must also set the Swiper Mode to On in the Manual Entry<br />

Window. See “Using the Manual Entry Window” on page 4-15.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-9


Entry Specifications<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entry Specifications<br />

Clicking Inspect/change Entry Specifications in the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> window<br />

displays the Specifications: <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> window.<br />

The table below describes each specification.<br />

Entry Specifications Page 1<br />

Specification<br />

1) Initial Default<br />

Grade<br />

Description<br />

The default grade level setting in Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

makes data entry faster and more convenient. It allows you<br />

to select students within the default grade level by typing in<br />

only their 3-digit record numbers rather than the 5 digit<br />

Administrator’s Plus ID numbers. The Initial Default Grade<br />

is the grade level you will start in each time you enter<br />

attendance. You can change the default grade level from<br />

the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> window using the Grade drop<br />

down list, or by typing a student’s 5-digit Administrator’s<br />

Plus ID number.<br />

4-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


2) Initial Default<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

3) Initial Staff Default<br />

ATT Code<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entry Specifications<br />

Entry Specifications Page 1 (Continued)<br />

4) Stop in Code<br />

Fields<br />

The default <strong>Attendance</strong> Code automatically appears in the<br />

Code 1 slot after a student is selected. You can also<br />

change the default attendance code from the Manual Entry<br />

window by typing the desired code immediately after the<br />

student number. For example, in the ID field,<br />

type 10105D to change the default code to Dismissed<br />

starting with student #105 in grade 10.<br />

Choose the initial default attendance code used when<br />

entering staff attendance (see “2) Initial Default <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code” on page 4-11).<br />

Use this setting to determine where in the program window<br />

the cursor will stop and wait for you to make an entry.<br />

5) Display Default<br />

Code if Stopping<br />

6) Default Time if<br />

Left Blank<br />

• Do Not Stop in Either Code Field causes the default<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code to be entered in the code one slot. If it<br />

is a timed <strong>Attendance</strong> Code, the default time will also be<br />

entered. The cursor will then skip down to the next row<br />

waiting for you to enter another student.<br />

• Stop in Code Field 1 Only causes the cursor to stop in<br />

the code 1 slot until you enter the desired <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code (and time if it is a timed code). The code 2 slot is<br />

skipped.<br />

• Stop in Code Field 2 Only causes the default<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code (and time) to be entered in the code 1<br />

slot. The cursor then stops in the code 2 slot waiting for<br />

you to enter a second <strong>Attendance</strong> code.<br />

• Stop in Both Code Fields, causes the cursor to stop in<br />

both the code 1 and code 2 slots. Regardless of this<br />

setting, the cursor will stop in both code fields when the<br />

Manual Entry window is in edit mode.<br />

Select yes to automatically display the default <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code if you choose Stop in Code Field 1 Only for<br />

Specification 4. If you set this specification to No, you can<br />

leave the field blank and press Enter to record the default<br />

code.<br />

Specify a default time to be recorded each time the Time<br />

field is left blank for a timed code.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-11


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entry Specifications<br />

Entry Specifications Page 1 (Continued)<br />

7) Current Time as<br />

Default (Tar Only)<br />

8) Start Grade Level<br />

for Previous<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Data<br />

9) End Grade Level<br />

for Previous<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Data<br />

A) Enter Substitute<br />

Teacher for Staff<br />

B) Swiper Default<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

C) Swiper ID<br />

Number Search-<br />

First<br />

Choose Yes to have the program automatically enter the<br />

current time for all Tardy codes. In the Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> program window, you must also set the Use<br />

Current Time setting to Yes.<br />

If you choose to include previous attendance data, (see<br />

“Adding a Day to the Calendar” on page 4-6), this setting<br />

can be used to limit the range of grade levels for which the<br />

previous attendance data is shown. For example, if you<br />

would like to edit the attendance for grades 10-12 only and<br />

reprint the bulletin for only these grades, select Grade 10<br />

for the start grade, and 12 for the end grade.<br />

After entering an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for staff, you may type<br />

in the name of a substitute. This name will appear on the<br />

printed bulletin but will not be stored for future use. Choose<br />

Yes to enable this option.<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code set here using the look-up button will<br />

be recorded each time a student swipes an attendance ID<br />

swiper card.<br />

Choose the ID number which is printed on your students’ ID<br />

cards. This may be the Administrator’s Plus ID number or<br />

the student’s Unique ID. You may also choose a unique<br />

data base field: you must explicitly set the field as unique in<br />

the Data Base program. You must also set the Swiper<br />

Mode to On in the Manual Entry Window. See “Using the<br />

Manual Entry Window” on page 4-15.<br />

4-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entry Specifications<br />

1) Scan Link Code For Absences<br />

2) Scan Link Code For Ex<br />

Absences<br />

3) Scan Link Code For Un<br />

Absences<br />

4) Scan Link Code For Tardies<br />

5) Scan Link Code For Ex<br />

Tardies<br />

6) Scan Link Code For Un<br />

Tardies<br />

Entry Specifications Page 2<br />

Specifications 1-6 only apply to schools that use a<br />

scanner to enter the daily attendance. Scanner<br />

entry forms allow you to bubble in EA, A, UA, TE, T,<br />

or TU. By default, these entries will scan in to the<br />

program as Excused Absence, Absence,<br />

Unexcused Absence, Excused Tardy, Tardy and<br />

Unexcused Tardy respectively. If you wish to have<br />

one or more of these entries scan in as a different<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code, you may set up links using these<br />

specifications. select any valid <strong>Attendance</strong> Code to<br />

be recorded for any possible scan form entry. For<br />

example, if you wish to have a scan form entry of<br />

“TU” recorded as “D” (Dismissal), change<br />

Specification 6) Scan Link for UN Tardies to D.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-13


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entry Specifications<br />

Entry Specifications Page 2 (Continued)<br />

7) Scan/GQ Replace Existing<br />

Codes<br />

If you scan or import attendance more than once for<br />

the same date, <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus can either save<br />

previously recorded codes, or overwrite them. Set<br />

this specification to No to save all previous entries,<br />

Yes to overwrite all previous entries, or Only When<br />

Student is Tardy, to overwrite existing entries only<br />

when tardy codes are scanned or imported.<br />

Entry Specifications Pages 3-4<br />

Specifications 1 though D on pages 3 and 4 are used to link GradeQuick attendance<br />

entries to Administrator’s Plus <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes.<br />

Odyssey <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Linked to... (For GradeQuick Interface)<br />

You may define up to 24 customized <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes in Grade Quick. Each code can<br />

be a up to four letters (A-Z). By default and exported code of A will be read as Absent,<br />

and an exported code T will be read as Tardy. To select a new <strong>Attendance</strong> Code to be<br />

recorded for any exported attendance entry use the drop down list to the right of each<br />

specification. For example, if you have created a customized code of J, which should be<br />

recorded as AEMD (Medical Absence), set Specification A) to AEMD.<br />

4-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Using the Manual Entry Window<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Using the Manual Entry Window<br />

The entry window shown below is for manual daily attendance entry. If you are using a<br />

scanner to enter daily attendance, see “Scanner Entry” on page 4-18<br />

When you first open the program, the cursor appears below the ID<br />

heading waiting for you to type in or select a student. Two <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes with times<br />

can be recorded per student each day. For example, you may enter a Tardy under the<br />

code 1 slot with a time of 9:05 as well as a Dismissal code with a time of 2:15. The<br />

options available on this window as well as the entry columns are described in the next<br />

sections.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Time Linked <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes will only be entered when the Tardy or Dismissal code<br />

carrying the time link is the first attendance entry for a student on a particular day. The time<br />

linked code will not appear if, for example, a student was recorded as Absent, then changed<br />

to Tardy with a time after the time link time of 10:00.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-15


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Using the Manual Entry Window<br />

Default Grade<br />

Default Code<br />

Use Current Time/<br />

F7 TGL TIME<br />

Swiper Mode<br />

Options in the Upper Window<br />

In Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> you can select a student in the<br />

specified default grade level simply by typing in their 3-digit record<br />

number. To change the Default Grade click the arrow on the drop<br />

down menu or type the 5-digit grade level and record number<br />

combination of a student within the new grade level. For<br />

example, if the default grade level is 9 and you need to enter<br />

attendance codes for students in grade 10, type in 10005, to<br />

select student #5 in 10th grade. To select the next student, you<br />

need only enter the 3-digit record number.<br />

The Default Code is automatically entered into the Code 1 slot<br />

after a student name is selected.<br />

This setting is used for Tardy and Dismissed <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

set up to read the current time. Selecting On means that when a<br />

Tardy or Dismissed code is recorded, the current time<br />

(determined by the system clock on your computer) will be<br />

entered in the appropriate time slot and used for any time linked<br />

codes (see “Time Linked <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes” on page 1-7).<br />

If you are using student ID cards to record attendance you must<br />

have Swiper Mode set to On.<br />

4-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Using the Manual Entry Window<br />

Explanation of the Lower Columns<br />

# This column keeps a count of the students or staff members as<br />

you enter the attendance.<br />

ID<br />

NAME<br />

CODE 1<br />

TIME 1<br />

CODE 2<br />

TIME 2<br />

To select a student or staff member, within the default grade<br />

level, type the 3 record number in this field. To select a student or<br />

staff member, in a grade other than the default grade level, type<br />

the 5-digit record number in this field. To select a student or staff<br />

member and an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code other than the default, type in<br />

the 3 or 5-digit record number plus the desired <strong>Attendance</strong> Code.<br />

For example, 12035T.<br />

After a record number has been entered, the name of the<br />

selected student or staff member appears in this field.<br />

Enter the first <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for the selected student or staff<br />

member.<br />

Enter the time associated with Code 1 if applicable.<br />

Enter a second <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for the selected student or staff<br />

member<br />

Enter the time associated with Code 2 if applicable.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-17


Scanner Entry<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanner Entry<br />

After selecting the Scanner<br />

Entry option from the Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> menu, you<br />

will be asked to verify that<br />

your scanner is turned on.<br />

Clicking OK at this message<br />

opens the Scanner<br />

Configuration window<br />

(shown below). The settings<br />

displayed in the Scanner<br />

Configuration window should match the information scanned in using the Host Port<br />

Communication Sheet during the original scanner setup (see the Winscan 3.0 User<br />

Reference Manual for complete instructions on configuring and using your NCS<br />

scanner).<br />

4-18 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanner Entry<br />

Scanner Entry Window<br />

Option<br />

Start Scanning<br />

Stop Scanning<br />

Reset Scanner<br />

Adjust Sensitivity<br />

Setup Printer<br />

Finished<br />

Processing Student<br />

Name<br />

M T W TH F<br />

Scanner Entry Window Options<br />

Definition<br />

Click to begin the scanning process.<br />

Click to end the scanning process.<br />

The Reset Scanner option allows you to reset the<br />

configurations for your scanner. It should only be used with<br />

the help of technical support.<br />

The Adjust Sensitivity option allows you to change the<br />

sensitivity and discrimination settings for your scanner. It<br />

should only be used with the help of <strong>Rediker</strong> <strong>Software</strong>’s<br />

technical support.<br />

Opens the printer properties menu for your default printer (see<br />

“Printer Properties” on page 6-56).<br />

Click to exit the scanner entry window.<br />

Displays the student names as they are read by the scanner.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> will be read from the scan form day of the week<br />

column that is highlighted in yellow.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-19


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanner Entry<br />

Status/Scan<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

Link/Replace<br />

Existing Codes<br />

Scanner Entry Window Options<br />

Displays the scan form day of the week column being read, as<br />

well as the school day number and date into which attendance<br />

will be scanned. Below, the Scan <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Links are<br />

shown as selected from Entry Specifications Page 2 (see<br />

page “Entry Specifications Page 2” on page 4-13). Also listed<br />

is the selected setting for Specification 7) Scan/GQ Replace<br />

Existing Codes in the Entry Specifications.<br />

4-20 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Bulletin<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

The <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Bulletin<br />

The <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Bulletin lists students and staff members with daily attendance<br />

entries. Student names are printed alphabetically with a separate column for each grade<br />

level. Staff attendance and student attendance totals are printed below. Use the Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Print Specifications (page “Print Specifications” on page 4-22) and<br />

Page Setup (page “Page Setup” on page 6-54) to format the bulletin according to your<br />

preferences.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-21


Print Specifications<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Print Specifications<br />

Specification<br />

1) Starting Grade to Print<br />

2) Ending Grade to Print<br />

Print Specifications, Page 1<br />

Description<br />

If you wish to print the bulletin for a range of grade<br />

levels, select the starting grade and ending grade<br />

for the range. Then choose All Grades from Print<br />

Menu 1.<br />

3) Which Codes to Print You may choose to print <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

appearing in the Code 1 slot only, the Code 2 slot<br />

only, both Codes 1 and 2, or both Codes 1 and 2<br />

with times.<br />

4) How Many Code Letters to<br />

Print<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes may contain up to four<br />

characters. Choose the number (1-4) of characters<br />

that will appear on the printed bulletin.<br />

5) Use Full or Abbreviated Names Choose to print full or abbreviated names for<br />

students and staff members.<br />

4-22 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Print Specifications<br />

Print Specifications, Page 1 (Continued)<br />

6) Number of Columns The attendance entries for each grade level will<br />

print in columns. You may print up to 5 columns<br />

across the page. If you set the number of columns<br />

to a value less than the total number of grade levels<br />

included, subsequent columns will print below.<br />

7) Print Messages and<br />

Corrections<br />

Choose whether or not to include a section for<br />

messages and corrections (see “4) Corrections &<br />

Messages” on page 4-8).<br />

8) Print Nurse Dismissals Choose whether or not to include a section for<br />

nurse dismissals (see “4) Corrections & Messages”<br />

on page 4-8).<br />

9) Print Staff Absences Choose whether or not to include a section for staff<br />

absences.<br />

A) Print Consecutive/Cumulative<br />

Absences<br />

B) Count 1/2 Absences for<br />

Consecutive/Cumulative<br />

Absences<br />

You may optionally print students’ cumulative<br />

and/or consecutive absences next to their names.<br />

Cumulative absences will be printed within<br />

parenthesis. Consecutive absences will appear<br />

inside asterisks.<br />

When printing the number of consecutive<br />

absences, selecting Yes, will include Half<br />

Absences in the total count printed next to the<br />

student name. When printing cumulative absences,<br />

selecting Yes will cause a Half absence to count as<br />

1 absence in the total count printed next to the<br />

student name.<br />

C) Print “E” or “U” after Times When times are printed you may optionally add the<br />

Excused or Unexcused designation to the right. For<br />

example: 9:45E.<br />

D) Print Staff Codes Choose whether or not to print <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

for staff members.<br />

E) Leave Space Between Code<br />

and Time<br />

Choose whether or not to leave a character space<br />

between the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code and time.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-23


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Print Specifications<br />

Specification<br />

1) Read <strong>Attendance</strong> Start<br />

Date<br />

2) Read <strong>Attendance</strong> End<br />

Date<br />

Print Specifications Page 2<br />

Description<br />

The read attendance start and end dates are used to<br />

calculate consecutive and cumulative absences. Choose<br />

a date interval in which consecutive and/or cumulative<br />

absences should be counted.<br />

3) Print Tardy Slips When you set this specification to Yes, the program will<br />

automatically print tardy slips when a tardy code is either<br />

manually entered or swiped using an Administrator’s Plus<br />

ID card.<br />

4) Print Homeroom on<br />

Tardy Slips<br />

5) Print Totals on <strong>Daily</strong><br />

Bulletin<br />

If you wish to have students’ homeroom print on Tardy<br />

slips, set this specification to Yes.<br />

Select Yes to print the total number of absences, tardies<br />

and dismissals below each grade level.<br />

6) Print Preview Selecting Yes enables the print preview option. Selecting<br />

No causes the attendance forms to go directly to the<br />

printer.<br />

4-24 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Print Specifications Page 2 (Continued)<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

7) Font Size Select the desired font size for the daily bulletin. The<br />

options are Small (7 pt.), Medium (10 pt.) or Large (12 pt.).<br />

8) Print Middle Name Choose whether or not to print students’ middle names.<br />

9) Print Unique ID Choose whether or not to print students’ unique ID<br />

numbers.<br />

A) Print<br />

Consecutive/Cumulative<br />

Tardy<br />

You may optionally print students’ cumulative and/or<br />

consecutive tardies next to their names. Cumulative<br />

tardies will be printed within parenthesis. Consecutive<br />

tardies will appear inside asterisks.<br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

You will use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program each day to record the daily<br />

attendance for students and staff members. It may also be used to edit the attendance for<br />

a prior school day and reprint the bulletin for that day. Because Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

adds days to the calendar, it is important that you open the program each day, even if all<br />

students are present.<br />

To Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> For the Current Date:<br />

1 After Navigating to Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>, the following warning will<br />

appear.<br />

2 Click Yes to add a day to the calendar.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-25


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

3 At the window pictured below, verify that the current date and school day<br />

number, and then click Next.<br />

4 Choose whether or not to include previous attendance data (see “<strong>Inc</strong>luding<br />

Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data” on page 4-7).<br />

4-26 <strong>Attendance</strong>


5 From the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> menu, choose Manual Entry.<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

6 At the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> window select a student using one of the<br />

following methods:<br />

a. Type the students 3 or 5-digit ID number. To select a student<br />

and an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code other than the default you can type in<br />

the 3 or 5-digit ID number followed by the desired code. For<br />

example, 12035T.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-27


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

NOTE:<br />

b. Look up the desired student by pressing the F6 key, clicking<br />

F6 (Lookup) or clicking (Browse). Highlight the student<br />

and press Enter.<br />

In order to make the cursor stop in the desired code fields, you must set entry Specification<br />

4) Stop in Code Fields on page 1 to Both Code Fields.<br />

NOTE:<br />

7 Type in the desired <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes and/or times for Code 1 and Code 2.<br />

You may use the F6 (Lookup) option to view and select from a list of valid<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes.<br />

If you have set a default attendance code in the entry specifications for Enter <strong>Daily</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> it will appear automatically under Code 1.<br />

8 Press Enter to move the cursor to the next row and record attendance for<br />

another student.<br />

4-28 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> For a Date Already in the Calendar<br />

To Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> For a Date Already in the Calendar:<br />

1 At the Warning window pictured below, click Yes.<br />

2 At the Adding a Day to Your Calendar window, click Change Date.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-29


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Entering <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

3 Type in the desired date or use the + and - keys to advance the date forward<br />

or back, and then click Next.<br />

4 Choose whether or not to include previous attendance data (see “Adding a<br />

Day to the Calendar” on page 4-6).<br />

5 Clicking Next at the above window will open the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

window. See “To Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> For the Current Date:” on page 4-<br />

25 for instructions on using the Manual Entry window.<br />

4-30 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

The following procedure describes how to scan your attendance sheets<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

To Scan <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>:<br />

1 Selecting Scanner Entry from the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Menu.<br />

The following message appears.<br />

2 Verify that the scanner is turned on and the scan forms are loaded in the<br />

scanner, and then click OK.<br />

The scanner configuration window appears each time you scan attendance.<br />

3 Verify that the settings match those on the Host Port Communication Sheet<br />

used to configure the scanner.<br />

NOTE:<br />

The Write Operations Log box in the lower left corner of the window should always be<br />

checked.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-31


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

4 Click the Start Scanning button to begin scanning attendance forms.<br />

The following error message appears when the input hopper is empty.<br />

5 To scan more attendance forms, place them into the input hopper and click<br />

Resume; If you are finished scanning, click Stop.<br />

Each time you use scan attendance, the results of each scan session is written to a log<br />

file. The file ScanForm.Log is saved in the RS4\SFW folder, and will be overwritten<br />

each time you scan.<br />

4-32 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

The following message appears.<br />

6 To view or print the log file, click Yes.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 4-33


4-34 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Scanning <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>


5<br />

Correct<br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2<br />

Navigate to Correct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Hot Key (Shift + F2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

Program Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View. . . . . . . . . . . 5-7<br />

Register Code View . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8<br />

Entry and Withdrawal Codes . . . . . . . . 5-9<br />

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11<br />

How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong> . . . . . . . . . 5-13<br />

Viewing or Printing <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Data for one Student . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14<br />

Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for<br />

one Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15<br />

Editing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Data<br />

for One Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-1


Correct<br />

Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

NOTE:<br />

The Correct program allows you to correct the attendance record for any student or staff<br />

member. The program window displays each school day for the entire year with any<br />

recorded <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for each date. This window also keeps track of letter codes<br />

so that you can quickly determine if an attendance letter has been sent home to parents.<br />

If you wish to correct the attendance for more than one student on a particular day, the<br />

most efficient method is to use the Change Date option in Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> (see<br />

“Adding a Day to the Calendar” on page 4-6).<br />

5-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Correct<br />

Navigate to Correct<br />

Navigate to Correct<br />

Use any of the following methods to open the Correct window.<br />

Navigation<br />

Menu<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key<br />

and press Enter<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

and then single<br />

click Next.<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

menu:<br />

• Press the 5 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 5.<br />

Correct<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 5.<br />

Correct, and<br />

single click Next.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-3


Correct<br />

Navigate to Correct<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2 Click Correct.<br />

Right Click Menu<br />

1 Right click the Administrator’s Plus Odyssey background.<br />

2 To select the Register Code window, choose View/Edit <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 Click Modules.<br />

2 Choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Correct.<br />

Hot Key (Shift + F2)<br />

In Administrator’s Plus, each module contains one program which allows users to view<br />

information on a student-by-student basis. These programs are referred to as “Hot-keyed<br />

programs.” Hot-keys are function key combinations which allow you to jump directly<br />

from a student’s record in one module to the same student’s record in another module.<br />

For example, from Kathy Albrecht’s Data Base Plus Address window, you can instantly<br />

access her <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct window by pressing Shift + F2 or by clicking the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Hot-key button on the toolbar menu. The Hot-key used to access a student’s<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Correct window from any other hot-key enabled window is Shift + F2.<br />

5-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Program Window<br />

Correct<br />

Program Window<br />

The Correct program window lists each calendar day, with the date, as well as any<br />

attendance entries, and/or letter codes recorded for the selected student. In Calendar<br />

View, the Correct window, allows you to enter or change up to two <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes,<br />

(with times), for any student or staff member. You may also add or edit letter codes,<br />

which indicate that a letter was sent to parents on a particular date. A letter code is<br />

inserted into a student record each time a report is printed for the student with the<br />

Duplicate Letter Check turned on (see “4) Duplicate Letter Check” on page 6-9).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-5


Correct<br />

Program Window<br />

Correct Program Window: Calendar View<br />

Grade<br />

Specifications<br />

Day<br />

Date<br />

Code 1<br />

Time 1<br />

Code 2<br />

Time 2<br />

Let (Letter)<br />

Lists the grade level of the selected student. To choose a<br />

student in another grade level, use the Grade drop-down list.<br />

Opens the Inspect/Change Specifications window. See<br />

“Specifications” on page 5-11 for information on these<br />

specifications.<br />

The Day column lists the school day number. Day 1 (the first<br />

day of school) is listed at the top with each subsequent school<br />

day listed below.<br />

Lists the date associated with each attendance day. When<br />

you use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program, the current<br />

date is read from your computer and applied to the next<br />

available school day number.<br />

If an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code was recorded in the code 1 slot for the<br />

selected student, it will appear here.<br />

If a time is entered for Code 1, it will appear here.<br />

If an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code is recorded in the code 2 slot for the<br />

selected student, it will appear here.<br />

If a time is entered for Code 2 it will appear here.<br />

If a letter is printed for a student through the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Report Writer, a letter code will appear in this column.<br />

5-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View<br />

Correct<br />

Program Window<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code View window displays each <strong>Attendance</strong> Code recorded for the<br />

student along with the totals for each <strong>Attendance</strong> Code received, and the date they<br />

occurred. You can print this window by pressing the F9 key or clicking F9 (Print). To<br />

return to the calendar view, click the radio button labeled Calendar View.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-7


Correct<br />

Program Window<br />

Register Code View<br />

The Register Code View window displays the Register Codes for the selected student.<br />

A Register Code is recorded for each attendance code recorded that has a Register Code<br />

Link (see page “Register Codes” on page 1-5). The total number of each Register Code<br />

as well as the dates they occurred are also listed. You can print this window by pressing<br />

the F9 key or clicking F9 (Print). To return to the calendar view, click the radio button<br />

labeled Calendar View.<br />

5-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Entry and Withdrawal Codes<br />

Correct<br />

Entry and Withdrawal Codes<br />

Each day of your school calendar is listed in the Correct window in order from #1 to<br />

#250. Days #0 and 251 are reserved for entry and withdrawal codes. It is important that<br />

you do not enter any other type of attendance codes on these days, as they will not be<br />

read or calculated properly.<br />

When you add a new student using the New Files program, an entry code is recorded in<br />

the Code 2 slot for the school day prior to the student’s first day of school. For example,<br />

a student who is added on school day #6 will have an entry code listed in the Code 2 slot<br />

on day #5.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Students who were enrolled during the previous school year and promoted using the<br />

Beginning program will not have an entry code on day zero. If you wish to record an entry<br />

code for these students you can do so using the Batch Entry program.<br />

Withdrawal codes appear in the Code 2 slot for the school day after the student’s last<br />

day of school. Therefore a student withdrawn on day #120 will have a W code in the<br />

code two slot on day #121.<br />

The Correct window pictured above shows a student who entered on 9-10-2000. Nonmember<br />

codes appear in each calendar day leading up to his entry.<br />

When a student is added after the first day of school, a Non-Member code (N) is placed<br />

into the code 1 slot for each calendar day from day #1 to the day prior to enrollment.<br />

Conversely, when a student is inactivated, a Non-Member code is entered into the code<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-9


Correct<br />

Entry and Withdrawal Codes<br />

1 slot for the day after his last day through day #250. If an inactive student is reactivated,<br />

the Non-Member codes will only remain in the dates for which the student<br />

was not a member.<br />

The Correct window pictured above shows a student who was inactivated on 10-22-<br />

2000, and then re-activated on 11-01-2000.<br />

5-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Specifications<br />

Correct<br />

Specifications<br />

The specifications are accessed through the Correct program window (see “Program<br />

Window” on page 5-5). Use the specifications to define how students’ attendance<br />

records will display and print. You may adjust the specifications to affect the way<br />

attendance records appear on the Calendar View Correct window as well as the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View (see “<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View” on page 5-7), and Register Code<br />

View (see “Register Code View” on page 5-8).<br />

Specifications: Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

1) Print Days with<br />

no <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes<br />

2) Print Which<br />

Days<br />

3) Code View Print<br />

Start Date<br />

4) Code View Print<br />

Final Date<br />

This specification only affects the printout obtained using the<br />

F9 (Print) option while in Calendar view. Choose Yes to print<br />

each school day even if the student was present. Choose No<br />

to print only those days on which the student had an<br />

attendance entry.<br />

You may print all 250 school days or only up to the most recent<br />

day in the calendar. In order to view attendance data that has<br />

been entered in advance, you must select All Days.<br />

Use Specifications 3 and 4 to set the date interval of the<br />

attendance data displayed in Register Code or <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code view.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-11


Correct<br />

Specifications<br />

5) View <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes over 200<br />

6) <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code View in<br />

Alpha Order<br />

Display Date of<br />

Birth or<br />

Homeroom<br />

Specifications: Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes with record numbers above 200 are<br />

reserved for Entry and Withdrawal codes. Select Yes to view<br />

Entry and Withdrawal codes. Select No to omit them.<br />

In <strong>Attendance</strong> Code view, codes can be displayed in<br />

alphabetical or numeric order. Select the desired setting from<br />

the drop-down list.<br />

You may optionally display either the student’s Date of Birth or<br />

Homeroom assignment at the top of the Correct window.<br />

5-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Correct<br />

How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

The Correct program allows you to view, edit or print a student’s attendance record for<br />

the entire school year. You may also use Correct to enter attendance codes into any<br />

student’s record for days not already in your school calendar. To change entry or print<br />

settings for this program click on the Specifications button located in the upper right<br />

corner of the Correct window.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-13


Correct<br />

How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Viewing or Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for one Student<br />

1 In the Correct window, select a student using one of the following methods:<br />

• Type the students 3 or 5-digit ID number in the ENTER ID # OR NAME field.<br />

• Look up the desired student by pressing F6, clicking F6 (Lookup) or clicking the<br />

Browse.<br />

• Highlight the student and press Enter.<br />

2 Select a student by typing a name or record number, or browse by pressing<br />

the F6 key or clicking F6 (Lookup).<br />

3 Print the entire attendance record as it appears on the Calendar View<br />

Correct window by pressing F9 key or by clicking F9 (Print).<br />

4 To view or print the Register Code entries for this student, press the F2 key<br />

or click F2 (Reg).<br />

5 Print the information contained on the Register Code View window by<br />

pressing the F9 key or clicking F9 (Print).<br />

6 To return to the Calendar View window click the radio button labeled<br />

Calendar View.<br />

5-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Correct<br />

How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

7 To view or print the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code entries for this student, Press the F8<br />

key or click F8 (ATT).<br />

8 To return to the Calendar View window click the radio button labeled<br />

Calendar View.<br />

Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for one Student<br />

1 While in the Calendar View for a student, use the up and down arrow keys<br />

or the scroll bar to highlight the day you wish to edit.<br />

2 Press the F3 key or click F3 (EDIT).<br />

3 Delete the existing attendance code (if any) using the Delete key on your<br />

keyboard. Type in the desired attendance code under the Code 1 column.<br />

Type in a time for Code 1 under the Time 1 column (if desired). You may<br />

also enter an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code and time for Code 2. If you wish to reprint a<br />

letter for this student, you may also delete any letter code inserted by the<br />

Report Writer’s Duplicate Letter Check.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 5-15


Correct<br />

How to Correct <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Editing Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for One Student<br />

1 In the Calendar view of the Correct program, use F6 Lookup to select a<br />

student.<br />

2 Select the day whose period attendance values you want to edit.<br />

3 Click F10 Period.<br />

The Period <strong>Attendance</strong> window appears, showing the attendance values for the selected<br />

student.<br />

4 Highlight and edit the attendance values you want to edit:<br />

• Delete the existing attendance code (if any) using the Delete key on your<br />

keyboard, and then type in the desired attendance code.<br />

• The Letter field lists the number of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer letter, if<br />

any, that was sent to the student’s home on the selected day.<br />

5 Click F10 Accept to confirm and exit this window and return to the Correct<br />

window.<br />

Entering Partial Week <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Some students do not attend a full week section. For example they could attend a class<br />

that only meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. How would you enter his/her daily<br />

attendance for the other two days.<br />

You would create an alternate calender, and then use that calendar for that student. See<br />

“Alternate Calendars” on page 7-10 for more information.<br />

5-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3<br />

Navigate to <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer. 6-4<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4<br />

Shortcut Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5<br />

Right Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5<br />

Toolbar Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Overview . . 6-6<br />

Primary and Secondary Filters . . . . 6-6<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks . . . . . 6-8<br />

Sample Task: Register with Details . 6-9<br />

The Default Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11<br />

Task 1: Advisor’s Report--List of all<br />

Students Absent Today with Phone Numbers6-11<br />

Task 2: Export Advisor’s List to an ASCII<br />

File for use with Phone Master . . . . . 6-11<br />

Task 3: Register--Details for all Students<br />

and Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12<br />

Task 4: Register--Totals Only . . . . . . 6-13<br />

Task 5: <strong>Daily</strong> Records and Register<br />

Combo--11 <strong>Inc</strong>h Wide Paper . . . . . . 6-13<br />

Task 6: <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report . . . . . . 6-14<br />

Report for Selected Students--<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View . . . . . . . . . 6-15<br />

Task 8: Report for Selected Students--<br />

Register Code View . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16<br />

Task 9: Report for Selected Students--<br />

Day-By-Day Analysis . . . . . . . . . . 6-16<br />

Task 10: Report for Selected Students--<br />

Entry Code on Day 0 . . . . . . . . . . 6-17<br />

Task 11: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

Search with Details . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17<br />

Task 12: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Search Offending Details Only . . 6-18<br />

Task 13: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Search with Totals Only . . . . . . 6-19<br />

TAsk 14: Search List--Register<br />

Code Search with Details . . . . . . . . 6-19<br />

Task 15: Search List--Register Code<br />

Search Offending Details Only . . . . . 6-20<br />

Task 16: Search List--Register Code<br />

Search with Totals Only . . . . . . . . 6-20<br />

Task 17: Search Letter--<strong>Inc</strong>ludes all<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Data . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21<br />

Task 18: Search Letter--Offending<br />

Dates Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22<br />

Task 19: Letter--For Students<br />

Tardy Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22<br />

Task 20: Perfect <strong>Attendance</strong> List. . . . 6-23<br />

User-Defined Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24<br />

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25<br />

Report Writer Print Menus . . . . . . . . . . 6-29<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports . . . . . . . . . . 6-32<br />

Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Reports/Letters Window . . . . . . . . . 6-32<br />

The View/Edit Letters/<br />

Reports Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33<br />

File Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33<br />

Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34<br />

Search Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35<br />

Options Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37<br />

Window Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38<br />

Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes. . . . . 6-42<br />

Special Register Code 3 . . . . . . . . 6-54<br />

Page Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54<br />

Page Layout Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54<br />

Printer Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55<br />

Printer Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56<br />

The Default Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56<br />

#1 Advisor’s Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56<br />

#2 Phone Master Export . . . . . . . . . 6-59<br />

#3 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report. . . . . . . 6-60<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-1


6<br />

#4 Register Code Report. . . . . . . . . 6-63<br />

#5 Table Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64<br />

#6 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search: All . . . 6-64<br />

#7 Register Code Search: All . . . . . 6-65<br />

#8 <strong>Attendance</strong> Sch: Totals Only. . . . 6-67<br />

#9 Register Code Sch: Totals Only . 6-67<br />

#10 Att Search: 1 Dates. . . . . . . . . . 6-68<br />

#11 Reg Search: 1 Dates. . . . . . . . . 6-68<br />

#12 Entry Codes: Day 0. . . . . . . . . . 6-69<br />

#13 Entry Code Search . . . . . . . . . . 6-70<br />

#14 Withdrawal Code Search . . . . . 6-70<br />

#15 Enrollment Totals . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71<br />

#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd) . . . . . . . . . 6-72<br />

#17 <strong>Daily</strong> Records 1 cd wide . . . . . . 6-75<br />

#18 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (2 cd) . . . . . . . . . 6-75<br />

#19 <strong>Daily</strong> Records 2 cd wide . . . . . . 6-75<br />

#20 Att on Final Dt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76<br />

#21 Letter Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76<br />

#22 Letter with Table . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78<br />

#23 Tardy Today Letter . . . . . . . . . . 6-80<br />

#24 Letter Abs Dates. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81<br />

#25 10 Abs Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81<br />

#26 15 Abs Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82<br />

#27 20 Abs Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82<br />

#28 Tardies Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83<br />

#30 Table Report: 1 Per. . . . . . . . . . 6-83<br />

#36 Absences Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83<br />

#42 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84<br />

#43 Register Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87<br />

#44 <strong>Daily</strong> Rec/Register . . . . . . . . . . 6-89<br />

#46 Register Search & Sort. . . . . . . 6-90<br />

#47 Grade-by-Grade Register . . . . . 6-90<br />

#48 Register: Absence Ex & Unex. . 6-91<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports . . . . . . . . 6-92<br />

Editing Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-2


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer generates attendance letters and reports for both<br />

students and staff. It includes all of the features of the Data Base Report Writer with<br />

the added ability to print and search on attendance data. The program comes loaded with<br />

numerous default reports including register reports, search lists, letters to parents, and<br />

statistical analysis reports. All of the default reports are customizeable. You can edit the<br />

default reports, or copy and modify them under new report numbers. It is also possible<br />

to create customized reports from scratch using the report writer codes described in this<br />

chapter. The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer will store up to 120 reports. The following list<br />

describes the most common uses of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer:<br />

• Produce the <strong>Attendance</strong> Register: The pre-defined register reports print attendance<br />

statistics and totals for individual students and/or the entire school. <strong>Inc</strong>luded in the<br />

register reports are calculations of year-to-date membership, average daily<br />

membership, and percent attendance.<br />

• Conduct <strong>Attendance</strong> Searches: The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer will search for<br />

students who have received more than or less than a specified number of a particular<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> or Register Code.<br />

• Send Letters to the Parents of Absent or Tardy Students: Letters can be printed<br />

on a student-by-student basis, or you can allow the program to search for students<br />

who have received more than or less than a specified number of a particular<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> or Register Code. For example, you can print letters to the parents of only<br />

those students who have been absent 3 or more times.<br />

• Print all <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for Students or Staff: The day-by-day analysis reports<br />

show students’ entire attendance record within a selected date interval.<br />

• Export <strong>Attendance</strong> Data in an ASCII File: Any of the reports in the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Report Writer can be exported as an ASCII file. You may also create customized<br />

reports containing only the information you wish to export. This information can then<br />

be imported into other programs.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-3


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Navigate to <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Navigate to <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Use any of the following methods to begin the <strong>Attendance</strong> report writer<br />

Navigation<br />

Menu<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key and<br />

press Enter<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus and<br />

then single click<br />

Next.<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

menu:<br />

• Press the 6 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 6.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report<br />

Writer<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 6.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report<br />

Writer, and single<br />

click Next.<br />

6-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Navigate to <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2 Click <strong>Daily</strong> RW.<br />

Right Click Menu<br />

1 Right click on the Administrator’s Plus Odyssey<br />

background.<br />

2 Choose Print <strong>Attendance</strong> <strong>Daily</strong> Report Writer.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 Click Modules.<br />

2 Choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-5


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Overview<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Overview<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer consists of a task menu (see “<strong>Attendance</strong> Report<br />

Writer Tasks” on page 6-8), a specification window (see “Specifications” on page 6-<br />

25), two print menus (see “Report Writer Print Menus” on page 6-29), and a report<br />

editor (see “View/Edit Letters/Reports” on page 6-32). Depending on the type of task<br />

you wish to accomplish, the steps for navigating the program may vary. The following<br />

list provides a quick overview of how to navigate the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer. Each<br />

step is described in greater detail later in this chapter.<br />

1 Select a Task: Tasks are pre-defined sets of specifications. By choosing a<br />

task, you avoid having to reset the specifications each time you want to print<br />

a report.<br />

2 Set the Specifications: The specification window allows you to select the<br />

active report and limit the parameters of the report. If necessary, you can<br />

adjust the specifications to limit or expand the information included on the<br />

report.<br />

3 Select Print Menu Options: You can place further limitations on the<br />

information included in the report using the Report Writer print menus.<br />

These menus also allow you to sort the report by grade level or search for<br />

students based on data base field entries.<br />

4 Preview and Print the Report: The print preview window allows you to view<br />

the report on window before sending it to the printer. After viewing the<br />

report, you can either print it directly from the print preview window, or exit<br />

and make any necessary changes. If your school has purchased the E-mail<br />

Utility, you can also send e-mail enabled reports from the print preview<br />

window.<br />

5 Edit the Report: If you wish to make any changes to content, appearance<br />

or layout of the report, you may do so using the View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

portion of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer. Within the View/Edit<br />

Letters/Reports window, you can preview the report while you edit, and see<br />

the results of your changes without exiting the editing window.<br />

Primary and Secondary Filters<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer uses a primary and secondary filter, to limit the students<br />

that are included on a report. The primary filter is applied using the two print menus.<br />

From the first print menu, you can choose to print, all staff members, students in one<br />

grade level, students in a range of grade levels or students in all grade levels. Within<br />

these parameters, the second print menu allows you to select individual students or staff<br />

members, all students or staff members, or you may search for students or staff members<br />

based on one or more data base field criteria. For example, you may choose to print<br />

letters showing the year-to-date attendance record for all students in grade 12,<br />

homeroom 100.<br />

6-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Overview<br />

To do this, select Grade 12 from Report Writer Print Menu 1 and Search by Fields...You<br />

Enter Criteria from Report Writer Menu 2. In the Address window, type “100” in the<br />

Homeroom field. No primary filter is used when you select All Grades from Report<br />

Writer Print Menu 1 and All Students from Report Writer Print Menu 2. Refer to page<br />

“Report Writer Print Menus” on page 6-29 for a complete description of each print<br />

menu option.<br />

The secondary filter is applied using<br />

Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For.<br />

Use the secondary filter to further limit the<br />

students or staff included on the report to<br />

those meeting an attendance search<br />

criteria.<br />

You may perform an attendance search<br />

using any of the criteria listed to the right.<br />

Specification 2) is interrelated with<br />

Specifications A, B, C and G, which<br />

determine the searched Register or<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> code, the search limit and<br />

which codes to include in the search (see<br />

“Excused or Unexcused Register Code<br />

Links” on page 1-10).<br />

Using the previous example, you could further limit the parameters of the letter so that<br />

it only prints for students with 3 or more absences. To accomplish this you would set<br />

Specification 2) to Students with > Reg Code Limit, Specification A) to Absent,<br />

Specification C) to 2, and Specification G) to Excused, Unexcused & Blank.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-7


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

After navigating to the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer, you are prompted to select the desired<br />

task. In Administrator’s Plus, a task is nothing more than a set of specifications. These<br />

specifications include the default report number and the desired parameters of the report<br />

(see “Specifications” on page 6-25).<br />

6-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Sample Task: Register with Details<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

The following example describes the default specification settings for Task #4 Register:<br />

Details for All Students and Totals.<br />

Default Specifications for Task #4: Register<br />

Details for All Students and Totals<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Current Task Register with Details.<br />

2) Print Letters Reports<br />

For<br />

The Register is set to include All Selected Students. This<br />

means that there is no secondary filter used for the report<br />

(see “Primary and Secondary Filters” on page 6-6).<br />

3) Active Letter/Report Register (Report #42) is the default report for this task.<br />

4) Duplicate Letter<br />

Check<br />

By default, the duplicate letter check is set to Off so that<br />

letter codes are not stored in students records, and the<br />

report can be printed more than once.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-9


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Default Specifications for Task #4: Register<br />

Details for All Students and Totals (Continued)<br />

5) Interval Beginning<br />

Date<br />

6) Interval Ending Date<br />

7) Year-to-Date Ending<br />

Date<br />

8) Start Grade for All<br />

Grades<br />

9) End Grade for All<br />

Grades<br />

Indicates the range of dates for which attendance data<br />

should be printed. The interval ending date will default to<br />

the most recent date in the calendar.<br />

This specification is used for the second column of the<br />

Register Report which prints year-to-date attendance<br />

data. The year-to-date ending date will default to the<br />

most recent date in the calendar.<br />

When printing for All Grades, these settings indicate the<br />

range of grade levels included on the register report.<br />

A) Register Code for<br />

Searches<br />

B) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for<br />

Searches<br />

Specifications A, B and C are only used when searching<br />

for an <strong>Attendance</strong> or Register Code. Because<br />

Specification 2) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Which Students is set to All<br />

Selected Students, these specifications are ignored.<br />

C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Limit<br />

D) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Blank<br />

Search/Sort Cats<br />

E) Active/Inactive<br />

Students<br />

This task is set by default to <strong>Inc</strong>lude. If you choose to<br />

search based on a data base field, the report will include<br />

students with no entry in the search field.<br />

This task is set by default to include Active and Inactive<br />

students. This means that any student who was a<br />

member during the date interval will be included even if<br />

they are no longer active.<br />

F) Print Preview This specification determines whether the report will<br />

generate a print preview window.<br />

G) Reg Searches: Which<br />

Att Codes<br />

H) <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Alpha/Numeric<br />

Like Specifications A, B and C this setting is ignored<br />

because this task is not set up to perform a search.<br />

Since the Register does not print <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, this<br />

setting is ignored.<br />

6-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The Default Tasks<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

The default tasks come pre-loaded with your software. They have been set up to<br />

generate the most common attendance reports used in schools. Each of the default tasks<br />

is described on pages “Task 1: Advisor’s Report--List of all Students Absent Today with<br />

Phone Numbers” on page 6-11.<br />

Task 1: Advisor’s Report--List of all Students Absent Today with Phone<br />

Numbers<br />

This task uses Report 1: Advisor’s List, which can be used to make phone calls to the<br />

homes of absent students. It lists the names of students who are absent on the current<br />

date, as well as the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code received, the student’s home phone number, the<br />

parent name and parent’s work phone number. The most recent date of attendance is<br />

determined by Specification 6) Interval Ending Date, which defaults to the most recent<br />

date attendance was entered. By default, this task only prints students with unexcused<br />

absences. To include excused and/or “pending” absences (those with no E/U<br />

designation in the Register Code Link), use Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att<br />

Codes.<br />

Task 2: Export Advisor’s List to an ASCII File for use with Phone Master<br />

This task exports the names of absent students to an ASCII file, which can be used by<br />

Phone Master to automatically call the homes of absent students. Report 2:<br />

Phonemaster Export, is used to create the exported file named SCRATCH.ASC. The<br />

file is exported to the current school year folder inside your school directory (for<br />

example: RS4\DATA\DEMOSCHO\2001-02). Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports<br />

For: should be set to Register Code on Final Interval Date.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-11


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Task 3: Register--Details for all Students and Totals<br />

6-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

NOTE:<br />

This task uses Report 42: Register to produce a standard attendance register. The<br />

attendance statistics for each student print for both the specified date interval and yearto-date.<br />

The last page of the report prints the grand totals for all students on the report.<br />

This report may be produced for the entire school, for a range of grade levels or for an<br />

individual grade level. You can further limit the students included on the report by<br />

searching based on a database field. If you choose to perform an all categories search<br />

on a database field such as homeroom, the data for students in each homeroom will be<br />

followed by the totals for that homeroom. The grand totals for all homerooms will print<br />

at the very end of the report.<br />

The membership column is calculated by subtracting the number of days the student was a<br />

non-member from the total number of days in session. The number of absences are<br />

subtracted from student’s membership days to calculate the number of days present.<br />

Task 4: Register--Totals Only<br />

This task uses Report 43: Register Totals Only which prints only the totals pages from<br />

the end of the register report (see“Task 3: Register--Details for all Students and Totals”<br />

on page 6-12). Students’ names and individual data do not print.<br />

Task 5: <strong>Daily</strong> Records and Register Combo--11 <strong>Inc</strong>h Wide Paper<br />

NOTE:<br />

This task uses Report 44: <strong>Daily</strong> Rec/Register which combines the <strong>Daily</strong> Records<br />

Report and the Register into a single report (see“Task 6: <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report” on<br />

page 6-14). Because only the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code found in the Code 1 slot is printed, the<br />

daily records portion can show up to 32 days. The register totals shown on page “Task<br />

3: Register--Details for all Students and Totals” on page 6-12 print at the end of this<br />

report.<br />

The <strong>Daily</strong> Records and Register Combo must be printed on 8 1/2 X 11 inch paper in<br />

Landscape orientation.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-13


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Task 6: <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report<br />

This task uses Report 16: <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd). The top portion lists the date and<br />

membership value for each school day included on the report. The range of school days<br />

included is determined by Specification 5) Interval Beginning Date and Specification 6)<br />

Interval Ending Date. The bottom portion is a table which prints the code 1 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Codes for up to 38 days.<br />

6-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Report for Selected Students--<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View<br />

This task uses Report 3: <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Rep., which prints the same data found in<br />

a student’s <strong>Attendance</strong> Code View Screen in the Correct program (see “<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code View” on page 5-7). The report lists <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes found in a student’s<br />

attendance record within a specified date interval. The date interval is determined by<br />

Specification 5) Interval Beginning Date and Specification 6) Interval Ending Date. The<br />

date each <strong>Attendance</strong> Code was received prints to the right of the code. Specification 2)<br />

Print Letters/Report For: should be set to All Selected Students, because this report<br />

does not involve a search.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-15


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Task 8: Report for Selected Students--Register Code View<br />

This task is similar to Task 8, but it prints student’s Register Codes instead of<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes. The generated report resembles a student’s Register Code View<br />

Screen found in the Correct program (see“Register Code View” on page 5-8).<br />

Task 9: Report for Selected Students--Day-By-Day Analysis<br />

The Day-By-Day Analysis is produced using Report 5: Table Report. It lists each<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code found within a specified date interval for all selected students. The<br />

date interval is determined by Specification 5) Interval Beginning Date and<br />

Specification 6) Interval Ending Date. If a time was entered for an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code it<br />

prints to the right of the code name. Specification 2) Print Letters/Report For: should<br />

be set to All Selected Students, so that you can print the report for individual students.<br />

6-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Task 10: Report for Selected Students--Entry Code on Day 0<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

This task uses Report 12: Entry Codes (Day 0), which produces a list of selected<br />

students with the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code found in the Code 2 slot on Day #0. The <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code used for Entry will print to the right of the student names. If the program does not<br />

find an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code on Day #0, only the student name will print.<br />

Task 11: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search with Details<br />

NOTE:<br />

Whenever you print an attendance search report, you must set Specification 2) Print<br />

Letters/Reports for: to one of the following: Students Exceeding Register Code Limit,<br />

Student with Lower than Reg Code Limit, Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit, or<br />

Student with Lower than Att Code Limit.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-17


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

NOTE:<br />

This task uses Report 6: Att Code Search: All, which lists only those students who<br />

received more or less than a specified limit of a particular <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. The amount<br />

and dates of each <strong>Attendance</strong> Code found in a student’s record print to the right of the<br />

code name. The selected setting for Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For:<br />

determines whether the report will search for students exceeding or falling short of the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code limit, which is selected using Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Limit. The searched <strong>Attendance</strong> Code is determined by Specification B) Register<br />

Code for Searches. The date interval is set using Specification 5) Interval Beginning<br />

Date and Specification 6) Interval Ending Date.<br />

Tasks 12, 13 and 14 search for <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes only. In general, you will want to perform<br />

a Register Code search which will include each of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes linked to the<br />

Register Code listed under Specification B. For example, an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code search based<br />

on the code Absence, will list only those students who received the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

Absence. It will not include students who received the code Unexcused Absence, or Excused<br />

Absence. However, a Register Code search based on the code Absent, will include all three<br />

of these codes as well as any other <strong>Attendance</strong> Code linked to the Register Code Absent.<br />

Task 12: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search Offending Details Only<br />

This task uses Report 10: Att Search: 1 Dates. It is similar to task 12, but instead of<br />

printing all of the attendance data for students meeting the search criteria, it prints the<br />

details for only the searched <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. The report shown above lists only the<br />

amount and dates for the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Absence.<br />

6-18 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Task 13: Search List--<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search with Totals Only<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

This task uses Report 8: Att Sch: Totals Only. It is similar to tasks 12 and 13, except<br />

that it prints only the total amounts for the searched <strong>Attendance</strong> Code.<br />

TAsk 14: Search List--Register Code Search with Details<br />

This task is similar to Task 12, except that it performs a search based on a Register Code<br />

rather than an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. Report 7: Reg Code Search: All, is the default report,<br />

which prints only those students who received more or less than a specified limit of a<br />

particular Register Code. The amount and dates of each Register Code found in the<br />

student’s record print to the right of the code name. The selected setting for<br />

Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For: determines whether the report will search for<br />

students exceeding or falling short of the Register Code limit. The Register Code limit<br />

is selected using Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. The Register Code<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-19


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

used for the search is indicated by Specification B) Register Code for Searches. The date<br />

interval is determined by Specification 5) Interval Beginning Date and Specification 6)<br />

Interval Ending Date.<br />

Task 15: Search List--Register Code Search Offending Details Only<br />

This task uses Report 11: Reg Search: 1 Dates. It is similar to task 15, but instead of<br />

printing all of the attendance data for students meeting the search criteria, it prints the<br />

details for only the searched Register Code.<br />

Task 16: Search List--Register Code Search with Totals Only<br />

This task uses Report 9: Reg Sch: Totals Only. It is similar to tasks 15 and 16, except<br />

that it prints only the total amount of the searched Register Code.<br />

6-20 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Task 17: Search Letter--<strong>Inc</strong>ludes all <strong>Attendance</strong> Data<br />

NOTE:<br />

You must turn the duplicate letter check On (Specification 4) to ensure that the same letter<br />

is not printed twice for the same student.<br />

This task uses Report 22: Letter with Table. It prints a generic letter to the parents of<br />

students who have exceeded a specified amount of a particular Register Code. The table<br />

embedded in the report shows the amount and dates of the searched Register Code for<br />

each student. By default, this task is set up to perform a search based on the Register<br />

Code Absent. You can search on an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code instead by changing Specification<br />

2) Print Letters/Reports For: to Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. The<br />

Register or <strong>Attendance</strong> Code limit is selected using Specification C)<br />

Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. The Register Code used for the search is indicated by<br />

Specification B) Register Code for Searches. The date interval is determined by<br />

Specification 5) Interval Beginning Date and Specification 6) Interval Ending Date.<br />

Specification 4) Duplicate Letter Check should be On so that the report will not print<br />

twice for the same student.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-21


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Task 18: Search Letter--Offending Dates Only<br />

This task uses Report 24: Reg Search: 1 Dates. It is similar to task 19, except that<br />

instead of printing all of the attendance data for students meeting the search criteria, it<br />

prints the details for only the searched Register Code (or <strong>Attendance</strong> Code).<br />

Task 19: Letter--For Students Tardy Today<br />

This task uses Report 23: Tardy Today Letter. It is similar to tasks 15 and 16, except<br />

that it prints for only those students with the Register Code Tardy on the current date.<br />

Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For: should be set to Register Code on Final<br />

Interval Date. Specification 4) Duplicate Letter Check should be On so the report will<br />

not print twice for the same student. Specification B) Register Code for Searches is<br />

Tardy. By default, the program will only produce a letter for those students with<br />

unexcused tardies, (see “Excused or Unexcused Register Code Links” on page 1-10).<br />

Use Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att Codes to include excused or pending<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes.<br />

6-22 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

Task 20: Perfect <strong>Attendance</strong> List<br />

This task uses Report 9: Reg Sch: Totals Only, which is the same report used for task<br />

17. For the Perfect <strong>Attendance</strong> List, the specifications are set to search for students who<br />

have less than 0.1 of the Register Code Absent. Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports<br />

For: is set for Students with Less than the Register Code Limit. The limit of 0.1 should<br />

be selected for Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. Specification B)<br />

Register Code for Searches should be set to Absent. The date interval is determined by<br />

Specification 5) Interval Beginning Date and Specification 6) Interval Ending Date.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-23


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Tasks<br />

User-Defined Tasks<br />

In addition to the default tasks, you have the option to create your own user-defined<br />

tasks. User -defined tasks make it easier to produce your most commonly printed<br />

reports. For example, if your school sends a letter home each time a student has three<br />

absences, the attendance secretary can create a task called “3 Absences Letter.” Such a<br />

task may be set up by choosing the sample set of specifications shown below. Refer to<br />

“Specifications” on page 6-25 for a complete explanation of each specification.<br />

Sample Set of Task Specifications<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Current Task 3 Absences Letter<br />

2) Print Letters Reports For Students with > Register Code Limit<br />

3) Active Letter/Report Letter Abs Dates (Report #24)<br />

4) Duplicate Letter Check On<br />

5) Interval Beginning Date<br />

6) Interval Ending Date<br />

9-01-2001<br />

10-01-2001<br />

7) Year-to-Date Ending Date 10-01-2001<br />

8) Start Grade for All Grades<br />

9) End Grade for All Grades<br />

9<br />

12<br />

A) Register Code for Searches Absent<br />

B) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for Not used for this task<br />

Searches<br />

C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code 2<br />

Limit<br />

D) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Blank Search/Sort <strong>Inc</strong>lude<br />

Cats (Categories)<br />

E) Active/Inactive Students Active Students Only<br />

F) Print Preview Yes<br />

G) Reg Search Which Att<br />

Codes<br />

H) <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Alphanumeric<br />

Excused, Unexcused & Blank<br />

Print Numerically in Table<br />

6-24 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Specifications<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Specifications<br />

The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer specifications described on the following pages are<br />

used to set the parameters for all attendance reports. The specifications are saved per<br />

user. Therefore, each time you use the task, the specifications chosen the last time the<br />

report was printed will automatically appear. Other users will see their most recent<br />

settings.<br />

NOTE:<br />

If you wish to restore the default specifications for any task, you may do so by pressing Shift<br />

+1 or clicking Reset Default at the bottom of the specification window.<br />

Specifications: <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Current Task Indicates the current task used (see “<strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Report Writer Tasks” on page 6-8).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-25


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Specifications<br />

Specifications: <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

2) Print Letters Reports For<br />

NOTE: This specification acts<br />

as a secondary filter in<br />

determining which students<br />

will be printed on a report. The<br />

primary filter is selected using<br />

the two print menus (see<br />

“Primary and Secondary<br />

Filters” on page 6-6).<br />

• All Selected Students: Prints all students who meet<br />

the criteria of the primary filter (if a primary filter is<br />

used). Otherwise, all students in all grades will be<br />

printed.<br />

• Students Exceeding Register Code Limit: Prints<br />

only students who meet the criteria of the primary<br />

filter and have greater than the Register Code limit.<br />

The Register Code limit is indicated by Specification<br />

“C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit” on page 6-28.<br />

The Register Code used is set using Specification A)<br />

Register Code for Searches.<br />

• Students with Lower than Reg Code Limit: Prints<br />

for students with less than the limit (Specification C)<br />

of the Register Code indicated by Specification A)<br />

Register Code for Searches.<br />

• Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit:<br />

Prints only students who pass through the primary<br />

filter and have greater than the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

limit indicated by “C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

Limit” on page 6-28. The Register Code used is set<br />

using Specification B) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for<br />

Searches.<br />

• Students with Lower than Att Code Limit: Prints<br />

only students who pass through the primary filter<br />

and have less than the limit (Specification C) of the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code indicated by Specification B)<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code for Searches.<br />

• Register Code on Final Interval Date: Prints only<br />

students who pass through the primary filter and<br />

have the specified Register Code (Specification A)<br />

appearing on the date determined by Specification<br />

6) Interval Ending Date.<br />

• <strong>Attendance</strong> Code on Final Interval Date: Prints<br />

only students who pass through the primary filter<br />

and have the specified <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

(Specification B) appearing on the date determined<br />

by Specification 6) Interval Ending Date.<br />

3) Active Letter/Report Indicates the report that will print. By clicking in this<br />

field or pressing the number 3, you can select from a<br />

list of all available reports.<br />

6-26 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Specification<br />

Description<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Specifications<br />

Specifications: <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

4) Duplicate Letter Check Turn the duplicate letter check On to ensure that the<br />

same student does not have a search letter printed<br />

more than once For example, when printing a search<br />

letter for students exceeding 2 absences, the same<br />

student will not receive a letter for 3 absences and 4<br />

absences). The first time a letter is printed for a<br />

student, a letter code indicating the report number is<br />

placed in the student’s record. Each subsequent time<br />

you print the report, students with the report’s letter<br />

code will be ignored.<br />

5) Interval Beginning Date<br />

6) Interval Ending Date<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> data will be read only for the dates<br />

between the interval beginning and ending dates.<br />

When searching, only attendance entries occurring in<br />

this interval will be counted. Specification 6) Interval<br />

Ending Date always defaults to the current date.<br />

7) Year-to-Date Ending Date This specification is used for the register reports which<br />

include year-to-date attendance information.<br />

8) Start Grade for All Grades<br />

9) End Grade for All Grades<br />

A) Register Code for<br />

Searches<br />

When All Grades is chosen as the primary filter (see<br />

“Report Writer Menu 1” on page 6-30), you can limit the<br />

range of grade levels included using a start and end<br />

grade.<br />

The specification used for Register Code searches.<br />

Specification 2) Print Reports For must be set to one<br />

of the following options:<br />

B) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for<br />

Searches<br />

• Students Exceeding Register Code Limit<br />

• Students with Lower than Reg Code Limit<br />

• Register Code on Final Interval Date.<br />

The specification used for <strong>Attendance</strong> Code searches.<br />

Specification 2) Print Reports For must be set to one<br />

of the following options:<br />

• Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit<br />

• Students with Lower than Att Code Limit<br />

• <strong>Attendance</strong> Code on Final Interval Date.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-27


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Specifications<br />

Specifications: <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

Limit<br />

D) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Blank Search/Sort<br />

Cats (Categories)<br />

Determines the search limit if Specification #2 is set to<br />

one of the following options:<br />

• Students Exceeding Register Code Limit<br />

• Students with Lower than Reg Code Limit<br />

• Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit<br />

• Student with Lower than Att Code Limit<br />

When performing an all categories search based on a<br />

data base field , you can choose to include students<br />

who have no entry in the chosen search category.<br />

Choosing to include prints a separate category for all<br />

students with no entry in the chosen search field.<br />

E) Active/Inactive Students Choose whether to include active students only,<br />

inactive students only or both active and inactive<br />

students.<br />

F) Print Preview Choose Yes to generate a print preview for this report.<br />

Choose No to send the report directly to the printer.<br />

G) Reg Code Search: Which<br />

Att Codes<br />

Register Code searches may be limited to any of the<br />

following combinations:<br />

H) <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Alpha/Numeric<br />

• Excused & Unexcused & Blank<br />

• Excused Only<br />

• Unexcused Only<br />

• Blank Only<br />

• Excused & Blank<br />

• Unexcused & Blank<br />

• Excused & Unexcused<br />

The E/U designation of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code found will<br />

determine whether it will be included (see “Register<br />

Code Links” on page 1-8)<br />

Determines whether the <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes in a printed<br />

table will appear in numeric (by code record number) or<br />

alphabetical order (by code name).<br />

6-28 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Report Writer Print Menus<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Report Writer Print Menus<br />

The two print menus in the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer act as the primary filter for any<br />

report (see “Primary and Secondary Filters” on page 6-6). From the print menus you<br />

choose who to include on the report as well as how they should be listed. If you wish to<br />

print the report only for staff members, you can select Staff from the first print menu.<br />

To use one of the search/sort options, select it from second print menu.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-29


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Report Writer Print Menus<br />

The following table explains the options.<br />

Option<br />

Grade Number<br />

All Grades Combined<br />

All Grades One at a Time<br />

Staff<br />

Inspect/Change<br />

Specifications<br />

View/Edit Letters Reports<br />

Customized State Reports<br />

Report Writer Menu 1<br />

Description<br />

Select the desired grade level (when printing a<br />

report for only one grade level).<br />

Prints for all grades or a range of grade levels<br />

indicated in specifications 8 and 9 (see<br />

“Specifications” on page 6-25).<br />

Prints for all grade levels sorting students by grade<br />

level.<br />

Prints <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports for Staff.<br />

Opens the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Specifications Screen (see “Specifications” on<br />

page 6-25).<br />

Opens the View/Edit Letters Reports window where<br />

you can create or customize attendance reports.<br />

See “View/Edit Letters/Reports” on page 6-32 for<br />

more information.<br />

Accesses the report settings and specifications for<br />

customized state reports. This feature must be<br />

purchased separately. For information on<br />

Customized <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports for your state,<br />

please contact our sales department at 1-800-213-<br />

9860.<br />

6-30 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Report Writer Print Menus<br />

1) All Students<br />

Alphabetically<br />

2) Resume Alphabetical<br />

Printing<br />

Report Writer Menu 2<br />

Prints All students in alphabetical order.<br />

If printing has been paused, you can resume printing<br />

beginning with the next student alphabetically.<br />

3) Individual Students Opens a second window from which you can select<br />

individual students to appear on the report.<br />

4) Search by One Field (All<br />

Categories)<br />

5) Search by Fields You<br />

Enter the Criteria<br />

Allows you to group students based on common data<br />

base field entries. Selecting this option opens a new<br />

window from which you can select the data base field<br />

for the search.<br />

Allows you to search for students who have a specific<br />

entry in one or more data base fields. Selecting this<br />

option causes a new window to appear from which<br />

you will select the data base field, and enter the<br />

criteria to use for the search.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-31


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

The View/Edit Letters/Reports window allows you to modify any pre-existing report or<br />

create a new one. Reports can include any of the Report Writer codes available in the<br />

Data Base Report Writer as well those specific to the attendance module (see<br />

“<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes” on page 6-42). In the View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

window shown below, you can view the body of any attendance report, and make any<br />

necessary changes to codes, text or layout. This manual assumes basic knowledge of<br />

report writing in Administrator’s Plus Odyssey. For a more detailed explanation of how<br />

to use create and customize reports, refer to Chapter 5 of the Data Base Plus manual.<br />

Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports/Letters Window<br />

When you open View/Edit Letters/Reports, you will be prompted to select the report<br />

you would like to edit from the window pictured below. If you would like to create a<br />

new report from scratch, select a report designated **UNUSED**.<br />

6-32 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The View/Edit Letters/Reports Toolbar<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

When you open the body of a report, the Administrator’s Plus toolbar will display the<br />

Report Writer menus described on the following pages.<br />

File Menu<br />

From the FILE drop-down menu, you can Open, Close, Save and Delete reports. You<br />

also have the ability to Print the body of the report you are editing. Note that the<br />

Windows shortcut key combinations are displayed to the right of each action.<br />

New (Ctrl+N): Allows you to create a new report from scratch. After choosing New,<br />

the Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports/Letters menu will appear from which you<br />

may choose an **UNUSED** number. After choosing a number you will be asked to<br />

type in a name for the report. Pressing Enter will bring you into the editing window.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-33


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

NOTE:<br />

Open... (Ctrl+O): Allows you to select a pre-existing report to open in the current<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports window.<br />

Close: Exits the body of the report and brings you back to Report Writer Menu 2 where<br />

you may choose to print the report.<br />

Save (Ctrl+S): Saves the current report without exiting the View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

window. Use this option as an alternative to F10 (Accept), or if you wish to preview the<br />

report (see Preview below).<br />

Save As...: This option should be used if you wish to leave original report unchanged<br />

and save the modified report under a different report number and name. Save As... is<br />

similar to the Copy function found on the bottom of the Viewing & Editing <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Reports/Letters window.<br />

Print: Generates a print-out of the body of the report.<br />

Delete Report: Erases the current report. The report name will be replaced by the name<br />

**UNUSED** in the Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports/Letters window.<br />

You may also delete or copy a report using the buttons on the bottom right of the Viewing<br />

and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports/Letters window.<br />

Edit Menu<br />

From the EDIT drop-down menu you have access to many of the tools available for<br />

editing the body of a report. Note that the Windows shortcut key combinations listed to<br />

the right of each option.<br />

Cut (Ctrl+X): Deletes all highlighted text and saves it to the Windows clipboard so that<br />

it may be pasted in a different location.<br />

Copy (Ctrl+C): Copies all highlighted text to the Windows clipboard so that it may be<br />

pasted in a different location in the body of a report.<br />

Paste: After cutting or copying text and placing it onto the Windows clipboard, click the<br />

paste icon to insert the saved text at the position of the cursor. You may paste the<br />

selected text as many times as you wish.<br />

Delete: Totally deletes all highlighted text. If no text is highlighted, Delete will erase<br />

one character space to the right of the cursor.<br />

6-34 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

Select All: Highlight the entire body of a report for the purpose of copying and deleting<br />

text.<br />

Time/Date: Inserts the time and date at the cursor’s current position. The time and date<br />

are in the following format: 04/15/2001 10:25:30 AM.<br />

Undo: Reverses your last action. This tool is helpful when you have made a mistake in<br />

editing the body of a report. (You may only undo your last action.)<br />

Redo: Reverses the result of an Undo if you decide that you want to retain your last<br />

action.<br />

Bold: Bolds all highlighted text and Report Writer codes (e.g. ~FN~ = John).<br />

Italic: Italicizes all highlighted text and Report Writer codes (e.g. ~FN~ = John).<br />

Underline: Underlines all highlighted text and Report Writer codes (e.g. ~FN~ = John).<br />

Search Menu<br />

The search feature locates and highlights codes and text so that each occurrence of the<br />

text may be easily edited. For example, if you needed to adjust all the Tab codes in a<br />

specific report, it would enter “~T” in the Find What field in the Find dialog box (see<br />

below). Clicking Find will cause the program to highlight the first occurrence of a Tab<br />

code. You can then choose Find Next from the Search menu or press Shift+F7 to locate<br />

and highlight all succeeding tab codes.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-35


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

Find (F7): Activates the window seen below. Type the text or code for which you are<br />

searching and click Find. You may type entire words or code, or just key letters. The<br />

Match Case option allows you to choose whether the case of letters is considered in the<br />

search. The Direction option allows you to search the body of a report from top-down,<br />

or bottom-up.<br />

Find Next (Shift + F7): Repeats the last search. Clicking the Find button on the menu<br />

pictured above performs the same function.<br />

6-36 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

Options Menu<br />

Generate Report: The Generate Report option allows you to edit and preview reports<br />

from the same window. While editing the body of a report from the View/Edit<br />

Letter/Reports program:<br />

• Save the report<br />

• Click the Generate Report button shown above.<br />

• Select a grade level or All Grades from Report Writer Print Menu 1.<br />

• Select All Students, Individual Students, or perform a database field search.<br />

1 Student Per Phone #<br />

The 1 Student Per Phone # setting, used primarily for letters and labels, causes the report<br />

to print for only one sibling per family.<br />

Fixed Length Fields<br />

The Fixed Length Fields setting is designed for reports that print data base fields in<br />

columns. From the Data Base Plus Address program, you may set the maximum<br />

number of characters that will print for each of the 160 possible data base fields. With<br />

Fixed Length Fields turned on, columnar reports will have enough room to<br />

accommodate this maximum character length. Therefore the columns will line up<br />

evenly. Data that is longer than the fixed length will be truncated. Data that is shorter<br />

than the fixed length will be padded with spaces. In other words, the data inserted into<br />

a report from a particular data base field will take up the same amount of pre-defined<br />

space for every student, no matter how long or short the entry. With the fixed length<br />

setting off, you may line up columns using the Tab Report Writer codes (e.g. ~T4.25~).<br />

ASCII: Checking ASCII displays the ASCII window below will appear. The path and<br />

filename must be entered in the format shown. If you check Overwrite, the existing file<br />

will be overwritten with the new one. Selecting Append is selected, adds the new<br />

information to the end of the existing file.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-37


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

Window Menu<br />

The Window menu provides access to different modules by allowing multiple open<br />

windows to be arranged according to your preferences.<br />

Cascade: Overlaps all open windows diagonally, with each window’s title displayed in<br />

the upper left-hand corner. The title of the open window is also listed on the bottom<br />

portion of the Window drop-down menu, below Arrange Icons.<br />

Tile: Stacks open windows one on top of another.<br />

Current Report: Each of the currently open Administrator’s Plus Odyssey windows are<br />

listed on the bottom portion of the Window toolbar menu.<br />

Function Keys<br />

In addition to the Report Writer Toolbar, you can use function keys to edit reports.<br />

You can either click on the function key buttons at the bottom of the editing window, or<br />

press the corresponding function key on your keyboard. The actions of the function keys<br />

in Odyssey have changed considerably from prior versions of Administrator's Plus.<br />

F2 FONT opens the font drop-down menu from which you may choose any font in your<br />

Windows\Fonts folder. When the font is changed the entire line of text will change to<br />

the new font.<br />

6-38 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

F3 FONT SIZE opens the font size drop-down menu from which you may change the<br />

size of the highlighted text. When the font size is changed, entire line of text will<br />

change.<br />

Pressing F4 FONT COLOR activates the font color drop-down menu. From this menu<br />

you may change the color of the fonts in your report (if you use a color printer). When<br />

the font color is changed, the entire line of text will change to the new font color.<br />

F5 RENAME replaces option #1 Report Name from the old Viewing Report Number<br />

window. The report name is displayed next to the report’s corresponding number at the<br />

Report Writer’s Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports/Letters menu. To change a<br />

report’s name, open the body of the report and press F5 RENAME. The window<br />

pictured below will appear. Type a report name and press Enter. The report name may<br />

be up to 45 characters in length, but only 27 of the characters will show up on the<br />

Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports/Letters window. The report name may be<br />

made up of letters, numbers, or a combination of the two.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-39


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

F6 LOOKUP invokes a lookup menu listing many of the available Report Writer<br />

codes. You may scroll through the codes using the arrow keys on the keyboard, or the<br />

up and down arrows on the drop-down menu’s scroll bar. Press Enter or double click<br />

the desired code to enter it into the body of the report at the cursor’s current position.<br />

F7 SEARCH activates a search utility which locates and highlights each instance of a<br />

particular code so that it may be edited. See “Search Menu” on page 6-35.<br />

6-40 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

F8 PAGE SETUP causes the Printer and Page Setup menu to appear (see “Page Setup”<br />

on page 6-54). You can accessed these menus from the Report Writer editing window<br />

by pressing the F8 key, clicking F8 PAGE SETUP, or by right clicking on the<br />

Administrator's Plus desktop and choosing Print Page Setup.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-41


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Report Writer codes are variables that tell the program the specific data to print on a<br />

report. The codes themselves, designated by surrounding tildes (e.g. ~FN~), act as<br />

variables which are replaced with data stored in the Data Base and <strong>Attendance</strong> modules.<br />

In the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer, you can make use of Universal Report Writer<br />

Codes (codes that can be used in any module). In addition, numerous codes designed to<br />

print attendance data are included. This section describes both Universal codes, and<br />

those specific to the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer.<br />

Universal Report Writer Codes<br />

Code<br />

~&~<br />

Description<br />

Continues the current line (printed) when the code<br />

proceeds to the next line in the View/Edit Letter/Reports<br />

window.<br />

~1~ through ~160~ Prints data found in Data Base Plus Address fields<br />

corresponding to the code number.<br />

~AGE~<br />

~AGE1~<br />

~BLANK~<br />

~CNXN:#.#~<br />

~DATE~<br />

~DOB~<br />

~DOB6~<br />

~EMPTY~<br />

~ENDPAGE~<br />

~FN~<br />

~GCT~<br />

Age of the student as of the current date.<br />

Age of the student as of the current date, without the word<br />

“AGE:” preceding it.<br />

Forces a blank line(s) in the report.<br />

Centers school information on report headers. The #.# after<br />

the colon is the number of inches from left margin to right<br />

margin. The X may be replaced with N, U, S, C, or P.<br />

Prints the current date.<br />

Date of birth in the format: MM/DD/YYYY<br />

Date of birth in the format: MMDDYY<br />

Prevents an empty line from printing if no data is found for<br />

the variable code on the next line.<br />

Start of a new page.<br />

First name of the student.<br />

Grand count (total number of students on the report).<br />

~GCT1~ Grand count plus 1.<br />

~GFSTART~<br />

~GFEND~<br />

~GHSTART~<br />

Start of the grand footer.<br />

End of the grand footer.<br />

Start of the grand header.<br />

6-42 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Code<br />

~GHEND~<br />

~GR~<br />

~HIS~<br />

~ID~<br />

Description<br />

End of the grand header.<br />

Grade number of the student.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Universal Report Writer Codes (Continued)<br />

~L1~ through ~L17~<br />

~LN~<br />

~MN~<br />

~N1~ through<br />

~N160~<br />

~ORPHANSTART~<br />

~ORPHANEND~<br />

~PG~<br />

Prints “his” if M is found in the student’s Sex field or “her” if<br />

F is found in the student’s Sex field.<br />

ID number of the student (3-digit record number).<br />

Letter head variables pulled from the school information<br />

entered in Customize Data Base.<br />

Last name of the student.<br />

Middle name of the student.<br />

Prints the names of Data Base Plus Address fields.<br />

All lines between the ~ORPHANSTART~ and<br />

~ORPHANEND~ codes will be kept together on a page for<br />

each student. If there is not enough space on the remainder<br />

of a page to print all of a students information, a new page<br />

will start. The ~ORPHANSTART~ code should appear on a<br />

line before the first line of code or text to be held together.<br />

Indicates the end of the code or text that will be held<br />

together on a page.<br />

Current page number.<br />

~PGNUM=X~ Set the page number for page header to value X.<br />

~PGSTART~<br />

~PGEND~<br />

~PRINTPAGEHEAD<br />

ER~<br />

~REM~<br />

~SC~<br />

~SCT~<br />

Start of the page header.<br />

End of the page header.<br />

~SCT1~ Search count plus 1.<br />

Causes the page header to print on the report.<br />

Causes all code and text on the same line to be ignored.<br />

Search category if the computer finds categories.<br />

Search count (total number of students within a search<br />

category).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-43


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Universal Report Writer Codes (Continued)<br />

Code<br />

~SEX~<br />

~SF~<br />

~SFC~<br />

~SFSTART~<br />

~SFEND~<br />

~SHSTART~<br />

~SHEND~<br />

~SX2~<br />

~Tx.x~<br />

~TAB~<br />

~TCT~<br />

Description<br />

Prints “son” if M is found in the student’s Sex field or<br />

“daughter” if F is found in the student’s Sex field.<br />

Search field if the computer finds categories.<br />

Search field(s) and criteria if a data base field search is<br />

performed.<br />

Start for the search footer.<br />

End of the search footer.<br />

Start of the search header.<br />

End of the search header.<br />

~TCT1~ Sort count plus 1.<br />

~TFSTART~<br />

~TFEND~<br />

~THSTART~<br />

~THEND~<br />

~ULINE:X:Y<br />

~UNID~<br />

~UNIVERS~<br />

~WRAPON~<br />

~WRAPOFF~<br />

~YEAR~<br />

~YOG~<br />

Prints “he” if M is found in the student’s Sex field or “she” if<br />

F is found in the student’s Sex field.<br />

Tab to the specified column (measured in inches).<br />

Produces tabs for tab delimited export reports.<br />

Sort count (total number of students within a sort category).<br />

Start of the sort footer.<br />

End of the sort footer.<br />

Start of the sort header.<br />

End of the sort header.<br />

Underlines text starting from the point X inches from the left<br />

margin to Y inches from the left margin.<br />

The unique ID number of the student.<br />

Print search header as grand header.<br />

Turn word wrap on.<br />

Turn word wrap off.<br />

The current school year.<br />

Year of graduation.<br />

6-44 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Table Codes<br />

When Table Codes are inserted into reports, they must be on a line by themselves.<br />

However, Tab codes (~Tx.x~) may be used to center a table.<br />

~TABLE1A~<br />

Prints the table pictured below. This is a Register Code view<br />

table which lists each Register Code and the dates on which they occurred.<br />

~TABLE1B~<br />

~TABLE2A~<br />

Produces the same table as the ~TABLE1A~ code except<br />

that only data for Absent, Tardy and Dismissed codes will<br />

print. All other Register Codes are omitted.<br />

Prints the table pictured below. This is a <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

view table which lists each <strong>Attendance</strong> Code and the dates<br />

on which they occurred.<br />

~TABLE2B~<br />

~TABLE3~<br />

.<br />

Produces the same table as the ~TABLE2A~ code except<br />

that only data for <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes linked to the Register<br />

Codes Absent, Tardy and Dismissed will print. All other<br />

attendance codes are omitted.<br />

Prints the table shown below which lists the dates for each<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code found within a date interval. This table<br />

includes any <strong>Attendance</strong> Code entered in the Code 1 or<br />

Code 2 slot as well as times<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-45


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

~TABLE4~<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Table Codes (Continued)<br />

This table is designed for the top of the <strong>Daily</strong> Records<br />

reports. It shows the dates and membership values of each<br />

calendar day within a specified date interval<br />

In order for this table to print properly it is recommended that<br />

the ~TABLE4~ code be entered using the Courier New font<br />

set at 9 pt.<br />

6-46 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Code<br />

~ZBDT~<br />

~ZFDT~<br />

~ZYDT~<br />

Codes for <strong>Attendance</strong> Search Reports<br />

Description<br />

Prints the interval beginning date selected using<br />

Specification 4.<br />

Prints the interval ending date selected using Specification<br />

5.<br />

Prints the year-to-date ending date selected using<br />

Specification 6.<br />

~ZLIM~ Prints the search limit selected using Specification B.<br />

~ZREG~<br />

~ZATT~<br />

~ZAMT~<br />

Prints the name of the Register Code used in a Register<br />

Code Search (Specification 9).<br />

Prints the name of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code used in an<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search. (Specification A).<br />

Prints the total amount of the searched <strong>Attendance</strong> or<br />

Register Code for the student. For example, if you are<br />

searching for students with more than 5 absences and a<br />

student has 7 absences, this code will print the number 7.<br />

This code will only achieve the desired result if<br />

Specification 1) Print Letters/Reports For: is set to search<br />

for students with more or less than the limit of either a<br />

Register or <strong>Attendance</strong> Code.<br />

~ZAMT:###.##~<br />

~ZLES~<br />

This code is the same as ~ZAMT~ except the total amount<br />

of the searched code will be formatted according to the<br />

format of the pound signs. For example, ~ZAMT:###.#~<br />

will print 7.0.<br />

This code is used in reports searching for an <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

or Register Code limit. It prints the words “less than” when<br />

searching for students falling short of the search limit, or<br />

“more than” when searching for students exceeding the<br />

search limit.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-47


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

~ZDT~<br />

Codes for <strong>Attendance</strong> Search Reports<br />

Prints the dates on which the searched <strong>Attendance</strong> or<br />

Register Codes were incurred.<br />

Because the number of dates listed will vary for each<br />

student, this code should be used with a word wrap code.<br />

Doing so will ensure that the list continues on the next line<br />

if necessary. Otherwise the list of dates will be truncated<br />

at the end of the line.<br />

Code<br />

Codes Specific to a Date or School Day<br />

Number<br />

~ZDAT:XXX~<br />

~ZCOD1:XXX~<br />

~ZTIM1:XXX~<br />

~ZCOD2:XXX~<br />

~ZTIM2:XXX~<br />

Description<br />

A school day number or the letter B or F will replace the XXX.<br />

When a school day number is used this code prints the date<br />

of the school day number. When the letter B is used, the first<br />

attendance date on or after the Interval Beginning Date set by<br />

Specification 5) is printed. When the letter F is used, the last<br />

attendance date on or before the Interval Ending Date set by<br />

Specification 6) is printed. For example, if the Interval<br />

Beginning Date is 09-01-2001, but the first date of attendance<br />

was on 09-05-2001 the code ~ZDAT:XXX will print “09-05-<br />

2001.”<br />

A school day number or the letter B or F will replace the XXX<br />

see ~ZDAT:XXX~ above for a description of these variables).<br />

This code prints the description of the students’ code 1<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code for the school day indicated. For example,<br />

~ZCOD1:34~ prints the description of the code 1 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code for school day #34.<br />

A school day number or the letter B or F will replace the XXX<br />

see ~ZDAT:XXX~ above for a description of these variables).<br />

This code prints the time of the code 1 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for<br />

the school day indicated by the number replacing the XXX.<br />

For example, ~ZTIM1:34~ prints the time for the first<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code a student incurred on school day #34.<br />

These codes act the same way as ~ZCOD1:XXX~ and<br />

~ZTIM1:XXX~ except that they print the code 2 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code or code 2 time.<br />

6-48 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Codes Specific to an <strong>Attendance</strong> or Register<br />

Code<br />

Code<br />

~ZR:XX~<br />

~ZRN:XX~<br />

~ZRD:XX~<br />

~ZA:XXX~<br />

~ZAN:XXX~<br />

~ZAD:XXX~<br />

Description<br />

Prints the amount of a specific Register Code. The XX<br />

will be replaced by a number from 1 to 25 representing the<br />

record number of a Register Code. For example ~ZR:1~<br />

will print the total amount of the Register Code “Absent.”<br />

Prints the name of a specific Register Code. A number<br />

from 1 to 25 representing the record number of a Register<br />

Code will replace the XX. For example ~ZRN:2~ will print<br />

“Tardy.”<br />

Prints the dates on which the student has incurred a<br />

specific Register Code. A number from 1 to 25<br />

representing the record number of a Register Code will<br />

replace the XX. For example, ~ZRD:3~ lists each of the<br />

dates on which a student was dismissed.<br />

Prints the amount of a specific <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. A<br />

number from 1 to 250 representing the record number of<br />

an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code will replace the XX. For example, if<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code record number 1 is Absence the code<br />

~ZA:1~ will print the total number of absence codes found<br />

for a student.<br />

Prints the name of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code indicated by the<br />

number following the colon. A number from 1 to 25<br />

representing the record number of a Register Code should<br />

replace the XX. For example, if <strong>Attendance</strong> Code record<br />

number 1 is Absence the code ~ZAN:1~ will print<br />

“Absence.”<br />

Prints a list of the dates of a specific <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. A<br />

number from 1 to 25 representing the record number of an<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code should replace the XX. For example, if<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code record number 1 is “Absence” the code<br />

~ZAD:1~ will lists the dates on which the code Absence<br />

was entered for a student.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-49


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Codes for Register the <strong>Daily</strong> Records Reports<br />

Code<br />

~ZIDIS:###.##~<br />

~ZYDIS:###.##~<br />

~ZACD1:X~<br />

Description<br />

Prints the number days school was in session during the<br />

specified date interval. The membership value for each<br />

date is used to calculate this sum (see Chapter 7). The<br />

pound symbols: ###.## determine the format of the<br />

number printed.<br />

Prints the number of days in session from the beginning of<br />

school to the year-to-date indicated by Specification 7.<br />

Prints a string of <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes found in a student’s<br />

code 1 slot within a date interval. The X will be replaced by<br />

a number between 1 and 4 to indicate how many letters of<br />

the code name to print. This code is used in the daily<br />

records report to print the following table:<br />

NOTE:<br />

Register reports must be numbered 41 and higher.<br />

6-50 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Code<br />

Special Register Code 1<br />

Description<br />

~Z#(01-25)(I,Y)(E,U,P,A,S)(0,1,2,3):###.##~<br />

Special Register Code 1 prints a number of different student<br />

Register Code totals needed for a register report. It is made<br />

up of 8 variable characters. The characters can be used in<br />

various combinations to change the function of Special<br />

Register Code 1. For example, each of the register totals<br />

printed in the register report shown below is produced using<br />

slightly different formats of Special Register Code 1. Each<br />

character within this code is described below.<br />

Character 1: “Z”<br />

Character 2: “#”<br />

Character 3-4 “(01-<br />

25)<br />

The letter Z indicates this code as an attendance variable.<br />

The pound sign identifies this code as a Register Code total.<br />

The two-digit number used indicates which Register Code<br />

(by record number) will be used.<br />

The following special codes may be used as well:<br />

• 26: Prints the total number of membership days which is<br />

calculated by subtracting the number of non-member<br />

days from the number of days in session.<br />

• 27: Prints the number of days present. This is calculated<br />

by subtracting the number of absences (register code #1)<br />

from the number of member days.<br />

• 28: Prints the average daily attendance calculated by<br />

dividing the number of days present by the total number<br />

of days in session.<br />

• 29: Prints the average daily membership calculated by<br />

dividing the number of membership days by the number<br />

of days in session.<br />

• 30: Prints the percent attendance which is calculated by<br />

dividing the number of students’ days present by the<br />

number of membership days.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-51


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Code<br />

Description<br />

Character 5: “(I or Y)” Use the letter “I” to indicated an interval total. Use the letter<br />

“Y” to indicate a year-to-date total.<br />

Character 6 “(E, U, P<br />

A or S)”<br />

Character 7 “(0-4)”<br />

Special Register Code 1<br />

The letter “E” causes only excused <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes to be<br />

included in the register total. The letter “U” causes only<br />

unexcused <strong>Attendance</strong> to be included. The letter “P” counts<br />

only pending <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes (those with no E or U in the<br />

Register Code Link). Use the letter “A” to count all<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes. The letter “S” must be used when using<br />

any of the special codes 26-30 for characters 3-4.<br />

Use the number “0” for an individual student total (normally<br />

found in the body of the register). Use a “1” for the totals of<br />

the current sort category (normally printed in a sort footer).<br />

Use the “2” for the totals of the current search category<br />

(normally printed in the search footer). Use the number “3”<br />

for the grand totals (normally printed in the grand footer).<br />

For example, if you are printing the register sorted by sex,<br />

use the number “1” in the sort footer to print the totals for<br />

each sex.<br />

Character 8 “:###.##” The pound signs determine the formatting of the number<br />

printed. For example ###.# will print 126.5 while ###.## will<br />

print 126.50.<br />

6-52 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer Codes<br />

Code<br />

Special Register Code 2<br />

Description<br />

~Z!(001-250)(I,Y)(0,1,2,3):###.##<br />

Special Register Code 2 is similar to Special Register<br />

Code 1 except that it prints <strong>Attendance</strong> Code totals<br />

rather than Register Code totals. For example, the totals<br />

for each entry and withdrawal code listed in the<br />

Entry/Withdrawal report (below) are generated using<br />

slightly different combinations of the variables in Special<br />

Register Code 2.<br />

Character 1 “Z”<br />

Character 2 “!”<br />

Character 3-5”(001-250)<br />

Character 6 “(I or Y)”<br />

Indicates that this code is an attendance variable.<br />

The exclamation point indicates that this code is an<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code total.<br />

The 3-digit number determines which <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

is used (by record number).<br />

The letter “I” generates an interval total. The letter “Y”<br />

generates a year-to-date total.<br />

Character 7 “(0,1,2,or 3)” Use the number “0” for an individual student total<br />

(normally printed in the body of the register). Use a “1”<br />

for the totals of the current sort category (normally<br />

printed in a sort footer). Use the “2” for the totals of the<br />

current search category (normally printed in the search<br />

footer). Use the number “3” for the grand totals (normally<br />

printed in the grand footer). For example, if you are<br />

searching by homeroom, use the number “2” in the<br />

search footer to print the totals for each homeroom.<br />

Character 8 “###.##”<br />

The pound signs indicate the formatting of the number<br />

printed. For example ###.# will print 126.5 while ###.##<br />

will print 126.50.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-53


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Page Setup<br />

Special Register Code 3<br />

~Z#[(01-25)(I,Y)(E,U,P,A,S)(0,1,2,3)(+,-)(01-25)(I,Y)(E,U,P,A,S)(0,1,2,3)]<br />

This code allows different Register Codes to be added or subtracted in order to formulate<br />

new codes when printing reports. For example, assume you want to add all unexcused<br />

tardies and absences together. The tardy code is ~Z#02YA0:###.##~ and the absence<br />

code is ~Z#01YA0:###.##. Your new code would be ~Z#[01YA0+02YA0]:###.##~.<br />

See “Special Register Code 1” on page 6-51 for an explanation of each variable.<br />

Page Setup<br />

Administrator’s Plus print jobs can be sent to any local or networked printer connected<br />

to your computer. Because different printers may be connected to different<br />

workstations, each report has a Page Setup and Printer Setup window specific to each<br />

Administrator's Plus user. Every time a user makes changes to the Page Setup and/or<br />

Printer Setup settings inside a particular report or program, they are saved inside the<br />

individual’s user folder. Consequently, the same report may be printed on different<br />

printers with alternate settings for each user.<br />

Page Layout Menu<br />

Use the Page Layout menu to select paper type, source, orientation and margins.<br />

6-54 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Page Setup<br />

Size<br />

Source<br />

Orientation<br />

Margins<br />

Page Layout Menu Options<br />

The Size drop down menu lists possible paper types available for<br />

any report. The default size is letter (8½ x 11).<br />

Source allows you to specify from what printer tray or manual<br />

feed source the paper will originate when printing.<br />

Orientation can be set to either portrait or landscape. The initial<br />

default setting for all reports is portrait (except wide report cards<br />

and transcripts).<br />

The page margins are measured in inches. You may change left,<br />

right, top and bottom margins by typing a value in the<br />

corresponding boxes.<br />

Printer Clicking Printer brings you to the printer setup menu.<br />

Printer Setup Menu<br />

From the Printer Setup menu you may change the default printer for the report. This<br />

menu also displays the printer’s status, type and network path. Click Properties to<br />

change options that are specific to the type of printer you have, such as paper source and<br />

duplexing features.<br />

Printer Setup Menu<br />

Name<br />

Status<br />

Type<br />

Where<br />

Properties<br />

Displays the name of the printer currently set to print the report.<br />

Change printers using the drop down arrow to select a printer.<br />

Indicates whether the printer is busy, paused, or is ready to print.<br />

Displays the brand and model number of the currently selected<br />

printer.<br />

Names the line printer port or network path to the selected<br />

printer.<br />

Activates the selected printer’s Properties menu (see below).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-55


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Printer Properties<br />

The printer Properties menu varies depending on the brand and model of your printer.<br />

You can access a printer’s Properties menu from the Windows/Printers folder, or by<br />

clicking on the Properties button in the Printer Setup menu.<br />

The default printer settings will reflect the most commonly used page layout, paper<br />

source and paper type. If you need to change a setting for a particular report in<br />

Administrator's Plus, you should change it from the Printer Setup menu.<br />

The Default Reports<br />

In this section each of the default reports is described with recommended specification<br />

settings as well as examples of how the generated report will look. In addition, a lineby-line<br />

description of the report body is given for selected default reports.<br />

#1 Advisor’s Report<br />

The Advisor’s report lists the names of each student absent today along with parent<br />

home and work phone numbers. It can be used by students’ advisors to call the homes<br />

of absent students. The report is set up to search for all unexcused absences occurring<br />

on the most recent date of attendance. Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For: should<br />

be set to Reg Code on Final Interval Date. If you wish for this report to include excused<br />

and pending absences change Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att Code: to<br />

Excused, Unexcused & Blank.<br />

6-56 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Body:<br />

Line 1:<br />

Line 2:<br />

Line 3:<br />

Line 4:<br />

Line 6:<br />

Line 8:<br />

This line is removed during printing by the ~REM~ code. It lists<br />

the recommended top, bottom, left and right margins as well as<br />

the report’s last modified date.<br />

The ~SHSTART~ code indicates the start of the search header<br />

which prints at the beginning of each found search category. Each<br />

line of text and code between the ~SHSTART~ and ~SHEND~<br />

codes make up the search header.<br />

The ~UNIVERS~ code allows the search header to act as a grand<br />

header when a search is not being performed.<br />

The ~ENDPAGE~ code used within the search header causes a<br />

new page to be printed for each found search category.<br />

The ~CNNN:8.0~ centers the school name.<br />

This line prints the report title which consists of straight text:<br />

“ADVISORS REPORT (UNEXCUSED ABSENCES) for:”<br />

followed by the codes ~ZDAT:F~ which prints today’s date. The<br />

~ULINE:0.0:4.1~ produces an underline from the left margin to<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-57


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

4.1 inches from the left margin.<br />

Line 9:<br />

Line 10:<br />

Line 13:<br />

Line 15:<br />

Line 16:<br />

Line 17:<br />

The text “BY” is followed by the ~SFC~ code which prints the<br />

search field(s) and criteria if a search criteria is used. A tab stop of<br />

6.85 inches separates the search field and criteria from the<br />

~GRHD~ code which prints either “GRADE X”, “ALL<br />

GRADES” or “INDIVIDUAL STUDENTS” depending on the<br />

option you select from Report Writer Print Menu 1.<br />

~HLINE:33~ underlines the information on line 10. The variables<br />

3 and 3 following the colon produce a thick line positioned at the<br />

top of the line.<br />

This line consists of the headings for each column of the body of<br />

the report. Each heading: “ID, NAME, ATT CODE, HOME<br />

PHONE, PARENT/GUARDIAN, and WORK PHONE” is<br />

separated by a tab stop so that they will line up over the printed<br />

data below. This line uses an underlined font selected by<br />

highlighting the line and clicking the button.<br />

~SHEND~ indicates the end of the search header.<br />

The ~ORPHANSTART~ and ~ORPHANEND~ codes cause all<br />

information for a particular student to be printed on the same<br />

page. ~ORPHANSTART~ indicates the beginning of the text that<br />

will remain together.<br />

The ~GR~~ID~) combination prints students’ 5-digit record<br />

number followed by an end parenthesis. ~FN~ ~LN~ print<br />

students’ first and last names respectively. The~ZCOD1:F~ code<br />

prints the description of the attendance code found in the code 1<br />

slot for the most recent date of attendance. The default home<br />

phone number field is printed using the field code ~6~. The<br />

character | prints as text to create the vertical line seen between the<br />

home phone number and Parent Name information. ~1~ prints the<br />

parents name as listed in field one of the Address program. ~10~<br />

prints the data from the default Emergency Phone field.<br />

Line 18: The ~ZCOD2:F~ code will print the description of the code 2<br />

attendance code (if any) incurred on the most recent date of<br />

attendance. It is preceded by a tab stop of 2.5 inches so that it will<br />

line up under the code 1 description (see line 17).<br />

Line 19:<br />

Line 20:<br />

~HLINE:13~ produces a thin line that separates the information<br />

for each student.<br />

~ORPHANEND~ indicates the end of the information that will<br />

6-58 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

remain together for each student.<br />

Line 21:<br />

Line 23:<br />

Line 24:<br />

Line 25:<br />

Line 28:<br />

Line 29:<br />

~SFSTART~ indicates the start of the search footer. All lines of<br />

text and code appearing between the ~SFSTART~ and ~SFEND~<br />

codes will print at the end of the data found within the search<br />

category.<br />

The text: “TOTAL” is followed by the code ~SF~ which prints the<br />

name of the search field. ~SC~ prints the search category, and<br />

~SCT~ prints the total number of students within the search<br />

category. For example, if you choose to print this report searching<br />

on the Homeroom field and sorting by sex, this line may read<br />

“TOTAL FOR HOMEROOM”. This line is underlined using the<br />

button.<br />

~SFEND~ indicates the end of the search footer.<br />

The ~GFSTART~ code indicates the start of the grand footer. All<br />

text and code appearing on lines between the ~GFSTART~ and<br />

~GFEND~ codes are included in the grand footer and will print at<br />

the end of the report.<br />

This line prints the text, “NAMES ON THIS REPORT” which is<br />

followed by the ~GCT~ which will print the total number of<br />

students appearing on the report.<br />

~GFEND~ indicates the end of the grande footer.<br />

#2 Phone Master Export<br />

The Phone Master Export Report generates a tab delimited ASCII file consisting of<br />

students’ names and phone numbers. The ASCII file, named scratch.asc is exported to<br />

the data folder for the current school year, and is used by the Phone Master automatic<br />

dialer to call the homes of absent students.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-59


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#3 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report<br />

This report lists students’ <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes within the date interval indicated by<br />

Specifications 5 and 6. This report should be printed for All Selected Students<br />

(Specification 2). All <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes incurred by students within the date interval<br />

will appear on the report except for those linked to entry and withdrawal codes (see<br />

“~TABLE2B~” on page 6-45).<br />

Body:<br />

The bodies of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report, Register Code Report (see Report #4) and<br />

Table Report (see Report #5) are similar, with the exception of the table code used. In<br />

the attendance report writer the ~TABLEx~ codes produce a printed table of students’<br />

attendance or register codes incurred within a date interval (see “<strong>Attendance</strong> Table<br />

Codes” on page 6-45).<br />

Line 1:<br />

Line 2:<br />

Line 3:<br />

This line is removed during printing by the ~REM~ code. It lists<br />

the recommended top, bottom, left and right margins for the<br />

report as well as the report’s last modified date.<br />

The ~SHSTART~ code indicates the start of the search header<br />

which prints at the beginning of each found search category. Each<br />

line of text and code between the ~SHSTART~ and ~SHEND~<br />

codes make up the search header.<br />

The ~UNIVERS~ code allows the search header to act as a grand<br />

6-60 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

header when a search is not being performed.<br />

Line 4:<br />

Line 5:<br />

Line 7:<br />

Line 9:<br />

Line 11:<br />

The ~ENDPAGE~ code used within the search header causes a<br />

new page to be printed for each found search category.<br />

The ~DATE~ code prints the current date. This is followed by a<br />

9.8 inch tab stop and the current page number (~PG~).<br />

The ~CNNN:8.0~ centers the school name.<br />

The text ATTENDANCE REPORT (<strong>Attendance</strong> Code): is<br />

followed by ~GRHD~ which prints either “GRADE X”, “ALL<br />

GRADES” or “INDIVIDUAL STUDENTS” depending on the<br />

option you select from Report Writer Print Menu 1. The<br />

~ULINE:0.0:4.0~ code produces an underline (from 0 to 4 inches<br />

from the left margin).<br />

The text “BY” is followed by the ~SFC~ code which prints the<br />

search field(s) and criteria if a search criteria is used. A tab stop of<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-61


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

5.25 inches separates the search field and criteria from the<br />

~ZBDT~ and ~ZFDT~ which prints the beginning and ending<br />

dates in the specified date interval.<br />

Line 12:<br />

Line 14:<br />

Line 15:<br />

Line 16:<br />

Line 18:<br />

Line 19:<br />

Line 20:<br />

Line 22:<br />

Line 23:<br />

Line 24:<br />

Line 25:<br />

Line 27:<br />

~HLINE:33~ underlines the information on line 10. The variables<br />

3 and 3 following the colon produce a thick line positioned at the<br />

top of the line.<br />

~SHEND~ indicates the end of the search header.<br />

The ~PGSTART~ code indicates the start of the page header. All<br />

codes and text appearing on lines between the ~PGSTART~ and<br />

~PGEND~ codes will appear at the top of a new page.<br />

A tab of 7.15 inches, is followed by the text, “Page” and the ~PG~<br />

code which will print the current page number.<br />

~PGEND~ indicates the end of the page header.<br />

The ~ORPHANSTART~ and ~ORPHANEND~ codes cause all<br />

information for a particular student to be printed on the same<br />

page. ~ORPHANSTART~ indicates the beginning of the text that<br />

will remain together.<br />

The codes ~FN~ and ~LN~ print students’ first and last names<br />

respectively. A tab of 2.75 inches separates the student names<br />

from their ID numbers (produced by the code ~ID~).<br />

~TABLE2B~ prints <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes that are linked to the<br />

Register Codes Absent, Tardy and Dismissed.<br />

~HLINE:11~ produces a thin line that separates the information<br />

for each student.<br />

~ORPHANEND~ indicates the end of the information that will<br />

remain together for each student.<br />

~SFSTART~ indicates the start of the search footer. All lines of<br />

text and code appearing between the ~SFSTART~ and ~SFEND~<br />

codes will print at the end of the data found within the search<br />

category.<br />

The text: “TOTAL” is followed by the code ~SF~ which prints the<br />

name of the search field. ~SC~ prints the search category, and<br />

~SCT~ prints the total number of students within the search<br />

6-62 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

category.<br />

Line 28:<br />

Line 29:<br />

Line 32:<br />

~SFEND~ indicates the end of the search footer.<br />

The ~GFSTART~ code indicates the start of the grand footer. All<br />

text and code appearing on lines between the ~GFSTART~ and<br />

~GFEND~ codes are included in the grand footer and will print at<br />

the end of the report.<br />

This line prints the text, “NAMES ON THIS REPORT” which is<br />

followed by the ~GCT~ which will print the total number of<br />

students appearing on the report.<br />

#4 Register Code Report<br />

This report lists Register Codes and dates for each student included on the report. All<br />

Register Codes occurring within the date interval indicated by Specifications 5 and 6 are<br />

included. This report should be printed for All Selected Students (Specification 2). The<br />

body of this report is similar to that of report #3 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report except that it<br />

uses the ~TABLE1B~ code on line 22. ~TABLE1B~ prints a Register Code View table<br />

showing each occurrence of the Register Codes Absent, Tardy and Dismissed.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-63


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#5 Table Report<br />

The Table Report displays students’ <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes just as the calendar view<br />

window of the Correct program. This report should be printed for All Selected Students<br />

(Specification 2). The ~TABLE3~ code used on line 20 of this report prints all<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes found in both the code 1 and code 2 slots within a specified date<br />

interval.<br />

#6 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search: All<br />

This report searches for students with more or less than the specified <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

limit within a date interval. For each student found, all <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes incurred<br />

within the date interval are printed along with dates. The <strong>Attendance</strong> Code used for the<br />

search is selected using Specification B) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for Searches. The limit is<br />

selected using Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. Specification 2) Print<br />

Letters/Reports For: must be set to Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit, or<br />

Students with Less Than <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit.<br />

6-64 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Body:<br />

The body of the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search: All report is identical to that of the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Report (see “#3 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report” on page 6-60). However, this report<br />

includes the line “Students with ~ZLES~ ~ZLIM~ of the code: ~ZATT~.” The ~ZLES~<br />

code is replaced by the words “more than” if Specification 2 is set for Students<br />

Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. ~ZLES~ is replaced by the words “less than” is<br />

Specification 2 is set for Students with Lower than <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. ~ZLIM~ is<br />

replaced by the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code limit selected using Specification C. ~ZATT~ is<br />

replaced by the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code selected using Specification B.<br />

#7 Register Code Search: All<br />

This report lists students who have more than or less than the specified Register Code<br />

limit within a date interval. For each student found, all Register Codes are printed along<br />

with the dates on which they occurred. This report will search for students who have the<br />

Register Code selected using Specification A) Register Code for Searches. The limit is<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-65


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

selected using Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. Specification 2) Print<br />

Letters/Reports For, must be set to Students Exceeding Register Code Limit, or<br />

Students with Less Than Register Code Limit.<br />

Body:<br />

The body of the Register Code Search: All report is identical to that of the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code Report (see Report “#3 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Report” on page 6-60). However, this<br />

report uses ~TABLE1B~ which prints each occurrence of the Register Codes Absent,<br />

Tardy and Dismissed. Similar to Report #6 <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Search: All, this report<br />

includes the line “Students with ~ZLES~ ~ZLIM~ of the code: ~ZREG~.” The ~ZLES~<br />

code is replaced by the words “more than” if Specification 2 is set for Students<br />

Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. ~ZLES~ is replaced by the words “less than” if<br />

Specification 2 is set for Students with Lower than <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. ~ZREG~ is<br />

replaced by the Register Code selected using Specification A.~ZLIM~ is replaced by the<br />

Register Code limit selected using Specification C.<br />

6-66 <strong>Attendance</strong>


#8 <strong>Attendance</strong> Sch: Totals Only<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

This report searches for all students exceeding or falling short of an <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

limit within a specified date interval. For each found student, the total amount of the<br />

searched <strong>Attendance</strong> Code is listed to the right of the student’s name.<br />

#9 Register Code Sch: Totals Only<br />

This report searches for all students exceeding or falling short of a Register Code limit<br />

within a specified date interval. For each found student, the total amount of the searched<br />

Register Code is listed to the right of the student’s name.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-67


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#10 Att Search: 1 Dates<br />

This report lists students who have more than or less than the specified <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

limit within a date interval. For each student found, the amount of the searched<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code is printed along with the dates on which they occurred. The searched<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code is selected using Specification B) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code for Searches. The<br />

limit is selected using Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. Specification<br />

2) Print Letters/Reports For, must be set to Students Exceeding <strong>Attendance</strong> Code<br />

Limit, or Students with Less Than <strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit.<br />

#11 Reg Search: 1 Dates<br />

This report lists students who have more than or less than a limit of the specified<br />

Register Code within a date interval. For each student found, the amount of the searched<br />

Register Code is printed along with the dates on which they occurred. The searched<br />

Register Code is determined by Specification A) Register Code for Searches. The limit<br />

6-68 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

is selected using Specification C) Register/<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Limit. Specification 2)<br />

Print Letters/Reports For: must be set to Students Exceeding Register Code Limit, or<br />

Students with Less Than Register Code Limit.<br />

#12 Entry Codes: Day 0<br />

This report searches for students who have an entry code on day 0. Because day 0 is<br />

reserved for entry codes the report will print any <strong>Attendance</strong> Code appearing in the code<br />

2 slot. The Entry Codes: Day 0 report will print for all students, whether or not an entry<br />

code appears in day 0.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-69


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#13 Entry Code Search<br />

The Entry Code Search searches for all students with one or more entry codes within the<br />

specified date interval. Each student found with at least one entry code is printed along<br />

with the entry code and date entry of the most recent entry.<br />

#14 Withdrawal Code Search<br />

The Withdrawal Code Search report is identical to report #13 Entry Code Search except<br />

that it searches for and prints students’ withdrawal codes.<br />

6-70 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#15 Enrollment Totals<br />

The Enrollment Totals report prints the total number of students who are current<br />

members. This report can be searched/sorted by any data base criteria you choose (a<br />

search by homeroom, sort by sex is shown below). In order for this report to be accurate,<br />

Specification E) Active/Inactive Students must be set to Active Students Only. This<br />

report should be printed for All Grades (see “Report Writer Menu 1” on page 6-30).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-71


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd)<br />

This report lists <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes appearing in the code 1 slot for each day within the<br />

date interval (Specifications 5 and 6). If you wish to print both code 1 and code 2, see<br />

reports 18 <strong>Daily</strong> Rec (2 cd) and 19 <strong>Daily</strong> Rec 2 cd wide.<br />

The top portion of this report prints the school day number, date and membership value,<br />

(in parentheses), for each day within the specified date interval. Up to 38 days may be<br />

printed on this report. To include more dates see Report # 17.<br />

Body:<br />

Line 1:<br />

Line 2:<br />

Line 3:<br />

Line 4:<br />

Line 5:<br />

This line consists of the recommended page layout and margin<br />

settings for this report. It begins with a ~REM~ code which tells<br />

the program to ignore the entire line when printing the report.<br />

~SHSTART~ indicates the start of the search header.<br />

The ~UNIVERS~ code allows the search header to act as a grand<br />

header when a search is not performed.<br />

The ~ENDPAGE~ code used within the search header causes a<br />

new page to be printed for each found search category.<br />

The ~DATE~ code prints the current date. This is followed by a<br />

6-72 <strong>Attendance</strong>


9.8 inch tab stop and the current page number (~PG~).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Line 6:<br />

~CNNN:11~ centers your school’s name.<br />

Line 8:<br />

Line 10:<br />

Line 11:<br />

The text, “DAILY RECORDS REPORT” is followed by the<br />

~GRHD~ code will be replaced by the text “ALL GRADES,”<br />

“GRADE X” or “INDIVIDUAL STUDENTS” depending on the<br />

option selected from Report Writer Menu 1 (see “Report Writer<br />

Menu 1” on page 6-30). ~ULINE0.0:2.5~ produces the underline<br />

for the report title.<br />

The text “BY” is followed by the ~SFC~ code which prints the<br />

search field and category if the report is printed using a data base<br />

search criteria. A tab of 8.15 inches is followed by ~ZBDT~ Thru<br />

~ZFDT~ which will print as the date selected by Specification 5)<br />

Interval Beginning Date, the text “Thru” and the date selected by<br />

Specification 6) Interval Ending Date (i.e. 09-01-2001 Thru 09-<br />

30-2001).<br />

The ~HLINE:3:3~ code creates a thick line positioned at the top of<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-73


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

line 8, providing the underline for line 7.<br />

Line 12:<br />

Line 14:<br />

Line 15:<br />

Line 16:<br />

Line 17:<br />

Line 18:<br />

Line 20:<br />

Line 21:<br />

Line 22:<br />

Line 23:<br />

Line 24:<br />

Line 25:<br />

Line 27:<br />

A tab of 0.4 inches is followed by ~TABLE4~ which prints the<br />

table of dates between the report’s interval beginning and ending<br />

dates. Each school day is printed with dates and membership<br />

value.<br />

This line provides the column headings for the student names and<br />

daily attendance data. The text “NAME” is followed by a tab of<br />

1.7 inches. The character “|” is used to separate the school day<br />

headings and will line up with the “|” characters between the<br />

attendance data codes found on line 19.<br />

The ~HLINE:3:3~ code creates a thick line positioned at the top of<br />

line 15.<br />

~SHEND~ indicates the end of the search header.<br />

The ~PGSTART~ code indicates the start of the page header. All<br />

codes and text appearing on lines between the ~PGSTART~ and<br />

~PGEND~ codes will appear at the top of a new page.<br />

A tab stop of 9.8 inches precedes the text, “Page #” and the ~PG~<br />

code which prints the current page number.<br />

This line is identical to line 14. It is positioned within the page<br />

header codes, providing column headings on each new page.<br />

This line is identical to line 15. It provides the underline for the<br />

column headings on each new page.<br />

The ~PGEND~ code indicates the end of the page header.<br />

~LIN:4~ prints a dashed line every 4 students.<br />

~LN~; ~FN~ prints the student’s last name, and first name<br />

separated by a semicolon. A tab of 1.7 inches is followed by the<br />

~ZACD1:2~ code which prints a line including any <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code found in the code 1 slot of a student’s record within the date<br />

interval. The number 2 following the colon in this code indicates<br />

the number of characters of the <strong>Attendance</strong> code name to print.<br />

~SFSTART~ indicates the start of the search footer. All lines of<br />

text and code appearing between the ~SFSTART~ and ~SFEND~<br />

codes print at the end of the data found within the search category.<br />

The text: “TOTAL” is followed by the code ~SF~ which prints the<br />

name of the search field. ~SC~ prints the search category, and<br />

6-74 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

~SCT~ prints the total number of students within the search<br />

category. For example, if you choose to print this report searching<br />

on the Homeroom field and sorting by sex, this line may read<br />

“TOTAL FOR HOMEROOM.” This line is underlined using the<br />

button.<br />

Line 28:<br />

Line 29:<br />

Line 32:<br />

Line 33:<br />

~SFEND~ indicates the end of the search footer.<br />

The ~GFSTART~ code indicates the start of the grand footer. All<br />

text and code appearing on lines between the ~GFSTART~ and<br />

~GFEND~ codes are included in the grand footer and will print at<br />

the end of the report.<br />

This line prints the text, “GRAND TOTAL” which is followed by<br />

the ~GCT~ which will print the total number of students appearing<br />

on the report.<br />

~GFEND~ indicates the end of the grand footer.<br />

#17 <strong>Daily</strong> Records 1 cd wide<br />

This report is identical to Report #16, (see page “#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd)” on page 6-<br />

72), except that it prints up to 53 days worth of attendance data. In order to provide<br />

sufficient space for 53 days the report must be printed in Landscape orientation.<br />

#18 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (2 cd)<br />

This report is identical to Report #16 (see page “#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd)” on page 6-<br />

72) except that it prints both attendance codes found in the code 1 slot and code 2 slot<br />

of a student’s record. <strong>Attendance</strong> data for up to 27 days can be printed on this report.<br />

#19 <strong>Daily</strong> Records 2 cd wide<br />

This report is identical to Report #16 (see page “#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd)” on page 6-<br />

72) except that it prints both attendance codes found in the code 1 slot and code 2 slot<br />

of a student’s record. This report is designed to print in Landscape orientation so that<br />

attendance data for up to 40 days can be printed.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-75


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#20 Att on Final Dt<br />

This report prints a list of students with any attendance code found in the code 1 slot on<br />

the most recent date of attendance. The specifications for this report should be similar<br />

to those of the Advisor’s Report (#1) except that Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports<br />

For: should be set to Att Code on Final Interval Date.<br />

#21 Letter Head<br />

This report can be copied into an **UNUSED** report number as a basis for creating a<br />

new attendance letter. After copying the report, type the body of the letter including text<br />

and Report Writer codes below the student first and last name codes.<br />

6-76 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Body:<br />

Line 1:<br />

Line 2:<br />

Line 3:<br />

Line 4:<br />

Line 5:<br />

Line 6:<br />

This line is removed during printing by the ~REM~ code. It lists<br />

the recommended top, bottom, left and right margins as well as<br />

the report’s last modified date.<br />

The ~ENDPAGE~ code starts a new page.<br />

~CNNN:7.5~ prints the school name in the center of the page.<br />

~CNCN:7.5~ prints the school street address in the center of the<br />

page.<br />

~CNSN:7.5~ center-prints the city, state and zip code of the<br />

school.<br />

~CNPN:7.5~ prints the centered phone number of the school.<br />

NOTE:<br />

The information for each of the codes: ~CNNN~, ~CNCN~, ~CNSN~, and ~CNPN~ as well<br />

as the names for Admin #1-4, can be entered into the database under File Customize <br />

School Information.<br />

Line 8:<br />

The~L6~ code prints the title of Admin #1. This is followed by<br />

~L5~ which prints the name of Admin #1. A tab stop of 5.2 inches<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-77


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

precedes ~L10~: ~L9~ which prints the title and name of Admin<br />

#3.<br />

Line 9:<br />

Line 12:<br />

Line 15:<br />

Line 16:<br />

Line 17:<br />

Line 18:<br />

Line 20:<br />

~L8~ prints the title of Admin #2. This is followed by ~L7~ which<br />

prints the name of Admin #2. A tab stop of 5.2 inches precedes<br />

~L15~: ~L14~ which prints the title and name of Admin #4.<br />

The ~DATE~ code will print the current date.<br />

The text “To” is followed by a tab of 0.4 inches and the ~1~ code<br />

which prints the contents of the Parent Guardian field.<br />

The ~EMPTY~ code tells the program not to print a blank line if<br />

the contents of the field designated by the code on the next line (in<br />

this case ~2~ for parent street address), is blank.<br />

A tab of 0.4 inches is provided before the ~2~ which prints the<br />

contents of the Parent Street Address field.<br />

A tab of 0.4 inches is provided before the ~3~, ~4~ and ~5~ codes<br />

which print the parent city, state and zip code.<br />

The text “RE:” is followed by the ~FN~ and ~LN~ codes which<br />

prints the student’s first and last name respectively.<br />

Line 24: The text “Dear” is followed by a tab of 0.4 inches and the code ~1~<br />

which prints the contents of the Parent Guardian field.<br />

Line 26-27: The ~WRAPON~ and ~WRAPOFF~ codes are provided so that<br />

any text or code inserted into the letter will wrap from one line to<br />

the next. Without the wordwrap codes, the body of the letter may<br />

truncate at the end of a line.<br />

NOTE:<br />

#22 Letter with Table<br />

When printing letters, if Specification 5) Duplicate Letter Check is set to On, any letters<br />

printed for students will be recorded in their attendance records and may be viewed or<br />

printed with the Correct program. Moreover, if a letter has already been printed for a<br />

student, it will not be printed again.<br />

This report prints a generic search letter intended to be printed for students exceeding a<br />

register code limit. All <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes which occurred within the specified date<br />

interval are printed along with dates. The table, printed in the middle of each letter is in<br />

the same format as the attendance code view window in the Correct program,<br />

(see“<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View” on page 5-7). It displays students’ totals and dates for all<br />

attendance codes in which they have at least one <strong>Attendance</strong> Code. Note that in the<br />

following example, although the search was for students exceeding 3 of the Register<br />

Code, Absent, the table prints the actual <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes linked to Absent. When<br />

6-78 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

doing a search based on a Register Code, Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att<br />

Code allows the search to be limited to excused, unexcused, pending or all occurrences<br />

of the Register Code.<br />

Body:<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-79


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

NOTE:<br />

The body of any letter can be easily edited to suit your needs and preferences. To make this<br />

letter appropriate for a search on tardies, replace each occurrence of the word “absences”<br />

with the word “tardies.”<br />

Line 1-24: Lines 1-24 of this report are identical to those of Report #21)<br />

Letter Head (see “Body:” on page 6-77).<br />

Line 26:<br />

~WRAPON~ turns wordwrap on. All lines appearing between the<br />

~WRAPON~ and ~WRAPOFF~ codes will wrap to the next line<br />

as needed.<br />

Line 27-29: These lines make up the first paragraph of the letter. The text of<br />

these lines may be edited by typing the desired text. The ~L1~<br />

code on line 15 prints your school’s name.<br />

Line 31:<br />

Line 32:<br />

Line 34:<br />

Line 36:<br />

This line consists of a combination of text and code. The codes<br />

~ZBDT~, ~ZFDT~, ~SEX~, ~FN~ and ~ZAMT~ print the<br />

interval beginning date, the interval ending date, the word “son” or<br />

“daughter” (based on the code found in the student’s SEX field in<br />

the Address program), the student’s first name and the total<br />

number of absences (or other searched register code).<br />

~WRAPOFF~ turns wordwrap off.<br />

~TABLE2B~ prints <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes the student received that<br />

are linked to the Register Codes Absent, Tardy and Dismissed.<br />

~WRAPON~ turns word wrap on.<br />

Line 37-39: These lines make up the second paragraph of the letter. The ~L11~<br />

code on line 27 prints the school phone number.<br />

Line 40:<br />

Line 42:<br />

~WRAPOFF~ turns wordwrap off.<br />

A tab of 5 inches is provided before printing the word “Sincerely.”<br />

Line 45: A tab of 5 inches is provided before printing the name of Admin #1<br />

as listed in Customize School Information.<br />

Line 46:<br />

A tab of 5 inches is provided before printing the position of Admin<br />

#1 as listed in Customize School Information.<br />

#23 Tardy Today Letter<br />

This letter is designed to be printed for every student that is tardy on the most recent<br />

calendar day. Specification 6) Interval Ending Date will always default to the current<br />

date.<br />

6-80 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

When printing this letter, must set Specification 1) Print Letters/Reports For to Register<br />

Code on Final Interval Date, and Specification A) Register Code for Searches to<br />

Tardy.<br />

#24 Letter Abs Dates<br />

This letter is similar to #22, however, instead of printing the table, it prints only those<br />

dates on which the student was absent.<br />

#25 10 Abs Letter<br />

This letter is designed to be printed for any student with 10 or more absences. In order<br />

to search for only those students exceeding 10 absences, Specification 2) Print<br />

Letters/Reports For should be set to Students Exceeding Register Code Limit.<br />

Specification A) Register Code for Searches should be Absent. Specification C) Reg/Att<br />

Code Limit should be 9. Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att Code determines<br />

whether to include excused, unexcused and/or pending absences in the search (see<br />

“Excused or Unexcused Register Code Links” on page 1-10).<br />

When used in conjunction with reports 26 and 27, you can send three different letters to<br />

parents after students’ have exceeded 10, 15 and 20 absences. To ensure that a student<br />

with between 10 and 14 absences does not receive the 10 Abs letter a second time, you<br />

must set Specification 4) Duplicate Letter Check to On before printing each report. The<br />

body of report 25, 26 and 27 are identical to report #24, but can be modified to suit your<br />

needs and preferences.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-81


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#26 15 Abs Letter<br />

This letter is designed to be printed for any student with 15 or more absences. In order<br />

to search for only those students exceeding 14 absences, Specification 2) Print<br />

Letters/Reports For should be set to Students Exceeding Register Code Limit.<br />

Specification A) Register Code for Searches should be Absent. Specification C) Reg/Att<br />

Code Limit should be 14. Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att Code determines<br />

whether to include excused, unexcused and/or pending absences in the search (see<br />

“Excused or Unexcused Register Code Links” on page 1-10).<br />

When used in conjunction with reports 25 and 27, you can send three different letters to<br />

parents after students’ have exceeded 10, 15 and 20 absences. To ensure that a student<br />

with between 15 and 19 absences does not receive the 10 or 15 Abs letter a second time,<br />

you must set Specification 4) Duplicate Letter Check to On before printing each report.<br />

The body of report 25, 26 and 27 are identical to report #24, but can be modified to suit<br />

your needs and preferences.<br />

#27 20 Abs Letter<br />

This letter is designed to be printed for any student with 20 or more absences. In order<br />

to search for only those students exceeding 19 absences, Specification 2) Print<br />

Letters/Reports For should be set to Students Exceeding Register Code Limit.<br />

Specification A) Register Code for Searches should be Absent. Specification C) Reg/Att<br />

Code Limit should be 19. Specification G) Reg Searches: Which Att Code determines<br />

whether to include excused, unexcused and/or pending absences in the search (see<br />

“Excused or Unexcused Register Code Links” on page 1-10).<br />

When used in conjunction with reports 25 and 26, you can send three different letters to<br />

parents after students’ have exceeded 10, 15 and 20 absences. To ensure that a student<br />

with more than 20 absences does not receive the 10 or 15 or 20 Abs letter a second time,<br />

you must set Specification 4) Duplicate Letter Check to On before printing each report.<br />

The body of report 25, 26 and 27 are identical to report #24, but can be modified to suit<br />

your needs and preferences.<br />

6-82 <strong>Attendance</strong>


#28 Tardies Only<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

This report lists students’ total tardies and gives a break-down of tardies by pending,<br />

excused and unexcused designations. Using Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For,<br />

the report will search for and print only those students with greater than or less than a<br />

specified number of tardies, where Specification A) Register Code for Searches is set<br />

to Tardy.<br />

#30 Table Report: 1 Per<br />

This report is similar to Report #5 Table Report except that it prints one student per<br />

page. It lists all <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for both the code 1 and code 2 slots which occurred<br />

during the specified date interval.<br />

NOTE:<br />

#36 Absences Only<br />

This report is similar to Report #30 Tardies Only except that it provides a break-down<br />

of students’ absences. Using Specification 2) Print Letters/Reports For, the report will<br />

search for and print only those students with greater than or less than a specified number<br />

of absences, where Specification A) Register Code for Searches is set to Absent.<br />

The report slots numbered 41-60 are reserved for register reports. When copying an<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code report it is important to use an unused report number in a column other<br />

than column 3.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-83


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#42 Register<br />

This report prints attendance statistics for any interval of dates and for the year-to-date.<br />

For each student, it shows total membership days, days present, absences, tardies and<br />

dismissals. The last page of the report prints overall attendance totals (see “#43 Register<br />

Totals” on page 6-87).<br />

The register may be sorted by any Data Base field criteria, such as homeroom. When<br />

you choose this option (see“Report Writer Menu 2” on page 6-31), a register for<br />

students in each homeroom is followed by the totals page for that homeroom. The final<br />

page of the report prints attendance totals for all students.<br />

6-84 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Body:<br />

Line 1-12:Lines 1-12 produce the report heading for the register. The<br />

codes used are similar to those in the <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report<br />

(see “#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd)” on page 6-72).<br />

Line 13: This line prints the interval beginning date (Specification 5)<br />

with the code ~ZBDT~ “to” the interval ending date (Specification<br />

6) with the code ZFDT~, and “Year Thru” the year to<br />

date ending date (Specification 7) using the code ~ZYDT~.<br />

Line 14: This line consists of headings entered as straight text that will<br />

print at the top of each column.<br />

Line 15: ~HLINE:33~ underlines the information on line 10. The variables<br />

3 and 3 following the colon produce a thick line positioned<br />

at the top of the line.<br />

Line 16: ~SHEND~ indicates the end of the search header.<br />

Line 17: The ~PGSTART~ code indicates the start of the page header.<br />

All codes and text appearing on lines between the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-85


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

~PGSTART~ and ~PGEND~ codes will appear at the top of a<br />

new page.<br />

Line 18: The text Page # is followed by ~PG~ which prints the current<br />

page number.<br />

Line 20-22:Are identical to lines 14-16 and produce the same headings<br />

in the page header (at the top of each new page) that is seen on<br />

the first page of the report.<br />

Line 23: ~PGEND~ indicates the end of the page header.<br />

Line 24: The ~LIN:4~ code causes a dashed line to be printed after<br />

every 4 students.<br />

Line 25: This line of code produces the students’ names as well as<br />

attendance data for the date interval and year-to-date. Variations<br />

of Special Register Code One (see page “Special Register<br />

Code 1” on page 6-51).<br />

Line 26: ~SFSTART~ indicates the start of the search footer. All lines<br />

of text and code appearing between the ~SFSTART~ and<br />

~SFEND~ codes will print at the end of the data found within<br />

the search category.<br />

Line 27-29:These lines are identical to lines 4-6 and produce a new<br />

page with the page number and school name for the totals portion<br />

of the report.<br />

Line 32-108: The remainder of the report is explained under Report<br />

#43 Register Totals.<br />

6-86 <strong>Attendance</strong>


#43 Register Totals<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

This report prints only the totals page from Report #42. Use this report to show just the<br />

register totals for your entire school without printing the data for each student.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-87


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

Body:<br />

NOTE:<br />

The description of the body of report 43 begins with line 13 and ends with 41. It includes<br />

only those codes that produce the register sort totals. The three sections of this report are<br />

the sort totals, the search totals, and the grand totals. If no search is performed, only the<br />

grand totals page will print. If a search without a sort is performed one page will print<br />

for each found search category (i.e. male and female), plus the grand totals page. If a<br />

search and sort is performed, one page will print for each found search/sort category (i.e.<br />

males in homeroom 100, females in homeroom 100 when searching on sex and sorting<br />

by homeroom).<br />

Descriptions of the headers are excluded, however they are similar to those described under<br />

report 42 (see “Body:” on page 6-85).<br />

Line 1-11:Lines 1-12 produce the report heading for the register. The<br />

codes used are similar to those in the <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report<br />

(see “#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1 cd)” on page 6-72).<br />

Line 13: The text “NUMBER OF STUDENTS”: is followed by ~TCT~<br />

which prints the total number of students found with the sort<br />

category (if a sort is performed).<br />

Line 16: This line produces the underlined heading for the first block of<br />

register totals. It prints the word “INTERVAL”: followed by<br />

the interval beginning date and interval ending date.<br />

Line 18: The word “SESSION” is followed by the code<br />

~ZYDIS:#####.##~ which prints the number of days in session<br />

within the date interval (Specifications 5 and 6).<br />

Line 19-26: These lines consist of text and variations of Special Register<br />

Code 1, used to produce the interval totals (see “Special<br />

Register Code 1” on page 6-51).<br />

Line 31: This line consists of the words “YEAR THROUGH” followed<br />

6-88 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

by the code ~ZYDT~ which prints the Year-to-Date Ending<br />

Date (Specification 7).<br />

Line 33: The word “SESSION” is followed by the code<br />

~ZYDIS:#####.##~ which prints the number of days in session<br />

from the beginning of school to the year-to-date indicated<br />

by Specification 7.<br />

Line 34-41:These lines consist of text followed by variations on Special<br />

Register Code 1.<br />

Line 42: The ~TFEND~ code indicates the end of the sort footer.<br />

The remainder of the report consists of the same codes as lines 3-41. However, lines 44-<br />

84 are located within a search footer, and therefore produce a separate page of totals for<br />

each search category. Lines 85-124 are located within a grand footer and therefore make<br />

up the grand totals page. If no search or sort is performed only the grand totals page will<br />

print.<br />

#44 <strong>Daily</strong> Rec/Register<br />

This report combines the <strong>Daily</strong> Records Report #16 (see page “#16 <strong>Daily</strong> Records (1<br />

cd)” on page 6-72) and the Register Report #42 (see page “#42 Register” on page 6-84)<br />

into a single report. There is room for up to 32 days on the daily records portion because<br />

only the code 1 attendance code is printed.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-89


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

#46 Register Search & Sort<br />

This is the same as the Register report #42 except that it supports both searching and<br />

sorting as well as totals. For example, you could search by city and sort by bus to get a<br />

report showing separate statistics for students who live in each town. The statistics are<br />

then further broken down by bus number. A grand totals page is included at the end of<br />

the report.<br />

#47 Grade-by-Grade Register<br />

This report shows the register totals broken down by grade level. It should be run for All<br />

Grades one at a Time (see “Report Writer Menu 2” on page 6-31).<br />

6-90 <strong>Attendance</strong>


#48 Register: Absence Ex & Unex<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

The Default Reports<br />

This report is the same as the Register Report #42 except that it prints excused and<br />

unexcused absences separately.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-91


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports<br />

Use the following procedure to print an attendance report.<br />

To Print an <strong>Attendance</strong> Report:<br />

1 After navigating to the <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer, select the desired task<br />

from the task menu.<br />

NOTE:<br />

If you wish to print a report that is not setup with one of the available tasks, you can select<br />

any task. This will open the Specifications window where you can change the specifications<br />

(including the active report) as desired.<br />

2 Select the desired specifications (see“Specifications” on page 6-25) and<br />

then click Done.<br />

The specifications window appears.<br />

6-92 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports<br />

3 Select a grade level, All Grades or Staff from Report Writer Print Menu 1<br />

(see “Report Writer Print Menus” on page 6-29).<br />

4 Select All Students/Staff, Resume, Individual Students/Staff, Search by<br />

one Field (all categories) or Search by Fields (you enter criteria) from<br />

Print menu 2 (see “Report Writer Print Menus” on page 6-29).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-93


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports<br />

•If you choose Search by one<br />

field (all categories) you will be<br />

prompted to select the search<br />

field from the menu pictured.<br />

• If you choose Search by fields (you enter criteria), you must select both<br />

the search field and search criteria you wish to use, and then click or press<br />

F10 (Accept).<br />

6-94 <strong>Attendance</strong>


<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports<br />

5 After selecting either of the search options, you may also select a sort field.<br />

If Specification F) Print Preview is set to Yes, the report will appear in the print preview<br />

window.<br />

6 Press F9 (Print) to send the report to the printer.<br />

7 Use the Print menu shown below to select the printer, all or selected pages<br />

and the number of copies.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 6-95


Editing Reports<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer<br />

Editing Reports<br />

Use the following procedure to edit your attendance reports.<br />

To edit your <strong>Attendance</strong> reports:<br />

1 Follow steps 1-2 from “Printing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports” on page 6-92.<br />

2 From Report Writer Menu 1, choose View/Edit Letters/Reports. See “Report<br />

Writer Print Menus” on page 6-29 for more information on the report writer<br />

menus.<br />

The Viewing and Editing <strong>Attendance</strong> Reports window appears.<br />

3 Select the report you want to edit using one of two methods:<br />

• Typing the report number and pressing Enter<br />

• Highlighting and double-clicking the report.<br />

The View/Edit Letters/Reports window will display the body of the selected report. The<br />

editing tools in the report editing window are described under “View/Edit<br />

Letters/Reports” on page 6-32.<br />

6-96 <strong>Attendance</strong>


7<br />

Calendar<br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2<br />

Building the Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2<br />

Editing the Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

Navigate to Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

Navigation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

Shortcut Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4<br />

Toolbar Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4<br />

Calendar Program Window . . . . . . . . . 7-5<br />

Editing the Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6<br />

Editing a Calendar Day . . . . . . . . . . 7-6<br />

Inserting a Calendar Day. . . . . . . . . 7-7<br />

Deleting a Calendar Day . . . . . . . . . 7-8<br />

Printing the Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8<br />

View/Edit the Period Rotation . . . . . 7-9<br />

Alternate Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10<br />

Accessing the Alternate<br />

Calendars Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11<br />

Creating an Alternate Calendar. . . . . . 7-12<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars . . . . . . 7-14<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

to Grade Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14<br />

Assigning Calendars to<br />

Existing Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16<br />

Setting Rules for Adding Days to<br />

Alternate Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19<br />

Editing Membership Values for<br />

Existing Days. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22<br />

Reporting Which Students are Assigned to<br />

Which Calendars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar<br />

When First Opening an<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26<br />

Changing the Membership Value<br />

of a Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27<br />

Changing the Membership Value<br />

of a Calendar for a New Day . . . . . 7-28<br />

Changing the Calendar Used by<br />

an Existing Student in<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Correct . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30<br />

Selecting a New Student’s Calendar<br />

in the Data Base Module . . . . . . . . . 7-31<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-1


Calendar<br />

Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

You use the Calendar program to view, edit or print the school calendar. The<br />

information stored for each calendar day includes the date, rotation day #, and<br />

membership value. It is possible to store up to 250 calendar days per school year.<br />

Building the Calendar<br />

Administrator’s Plus builds your school calendar automatically. Each time the daily<br />

attendance is recorded using the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program, a new calendar day<br />

is added. Although it is possible to pre-build the calendar using the Calendar program’s<br />

Insert option, it is not recommended. Allowing the program to automatically build the<br />

calendar over the course of the school year ensures that cancelled school days will not<br />

have to be deleted in the future. Furthermore, the final day in the calendar is used<br />

throughout the <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus module as a default current date. For example, when a<br />

new student is added to the program, the entry date is automatically recorded as the most<br />

recently added day in your calendar. The <strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer also uses the last<br />

calendar day as the default interval ending date for reports.<br />

7-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Editing the Calendar<br />

Calendar<br />

Navigate to Calendar<br />

If you need to make changes to the school calendar, you may do so from the Calendar<br />

program screen (see “Calendar Program Window” on page 7-5). The following changes<br />

can be made to the school calendar:<br />

• Insert Days: If the daily attendance was not recorded for one or more school days,<br />

you can insert the missed days. When a day is inserted, all attendance recorded for<br />

days after the inserted day will be pushed forward.<br />

• Delete Days: If a user accidentally opens the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program on a<br />

non-school day, a calendar day will be added. Any erroneous calendar days can be<br />

deleted from the Calendar program screen. When a day is deleted, all attendance data<br />

appearing in subsequent days will be moved back one day.<br />

• Change the Rotation Day Number: If your school has defined rotation days for use<br />

with the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> module, you may edit the rotation day number. The<br />

Calendar program screen also allows you to view and edit your period rotation. The<br />

default rotation number for each school day is 0.<br />

• Change the Membership Value: You can change the membership value to 1/2 for<br />

half days and 0 for staff in-service days, (days for which attendance was taken for<br />

staff, but not students).<br />

Navigate to Calendar<br />

Use any of the following methods to open the Calendar program.<br />

Navigation<br />

Menu<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key<br />

and press Enter<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus.<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

and then single<br />

click Next.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-3


Calendar<br />

Navigate to Calendar<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

menu:<br />

• Press the 7 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 7.<br />

Calendar<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 7.<br />

Calendar and<br />

single click Next.<br />

3 At the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Plus screen, click<br />

7) Calendar or<br />

press the 7 key<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1) Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2) Click Calendar.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 In the Modules menu, choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Calendar.<br />

7-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar Program Window<br />

Calendar<br />

Calendar Program Window<br />

The Calendar Program window lets you view, edit, or print the calendar. The<br />

information in each column of the Calendar screen is described below. The function<br />

keys and editing options available from the Calendar program screen are described in<br />

the step-by-step pages beginning on page “Editing the Calendar” on page 7-6.<br />

For information on creating calendars, see “Alternate Calendars” on page 7-10.<br />

Calendar Window<br />

Option<br />

Day<br />

Day of Week<br />

Date<br />

Rot #<br />

Description<br />

The school calendar starts with day one. Each subsequent school<br />

day (up to 250) is listed below.<br />

Displays the day of the week matching the date.<br />

The date associated with the particular school day.<br />

If you are using the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> module, the rotation<br />

number tells <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus the order in which classes will meet<br />

on a particular day.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-5


Calendar<br />

Editing the Calendar<br />

Calendar Window<br />

Member<br />

A Membership day is any day on which school is in session. Each<br />

day has a default membership value of 1. You may edit the<br />

membership value for any day in the calendar. For example for<br />

half days you will change the membership value to.5. If you give a<br />

calendar day a membership value of 0, that date will be excluded<br />

from the totals calculated on your attendance register. You might<br />

choose to assign a membership value of 0 on a day in which you<br />

need to take attendance for staff but not for students.<br />

Editing the Calendar<br />

Editing a Calendar Day<br />

Use the following procedure to edit the Date, Rotation number, or Membership value.<br />

7-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


To Edit a Calendar Day:<br />

Calendar<br />

Editing the Calendar<br />

1 Use the up and down arrow keys or the mouse to scroll to the desired<br />

calendar day.<br />

2 Press F3 (Edit).<br />

This lets you edit the Calendar window.<br />

3 Click in the row you want to edit, and then use the Tab key to move your<br />

cursor to the Date, Rotation # or Membership column.<br />

4 When complete, click F10 Accept.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Inserting a Calendar Day<br />

Typically, you will use the insert function to add a missed day of attendance after you<br />

have already entered attendance for subsequent dates. Once the day has been inserted,<br />

you may use the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program’s Change Date function to enter the<br />

day’s attendance and print the daily bulletin (see “Adding a Day to the Calendar” on<br />

page 4-6).<br />

When you insert a day into the calendar, all attendance data for each subsequent date moves<br />

forward one calendar day.<br />

To Insert a Calendar Day:<br />

1 Use the up and down arrow keys or your mouse to scroll to and highlight the<br />

desired calendar day.<br />

2 Click F7 (INSERT).<br />

The message box pictured below appears.<br />

3 Type the desired date for the inserted day, and then click Next.<br />

4 If you use the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> module, type in the appropriate Rotation<br />

day for this date.<br />

5 Under MEMB, type in the desired membership value for this school day The<br />

default membership value is 1.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-7


Calendar<br />

Editing the Calendar<br />

NOTE:<br />

Deleting a Calendar Day<br />

Typically you will use the delete function when a user has accidentally opened the Enter<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> program on a non-school day.<br />

When you delete a day from the calendar, all attendance data for each subsequent date<br />

moves back one calendar day.<br />

To Delete a Calendar Day:<br />

1 Use the up and down arrow keys or your mouse to highlight the desired<br />

calendar day.<br />

2 Click F8 (DELETE).<br />

Printing the Calendar<br />

The print function will generate the print-out similar to the one shown above. It displays<br />

all 250 possible school days. School days that have not yet taken place show ##-##-####<br />

for the date.<br />

7-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


To Print the Calendar:<br />

1 From the Calendar Program screen, press or click F9 (Print).<br />

The printed calendar appears in a print preview screen.<br />

2 Click F9 (Print) to send the document to the printer.<br />

View/Edit the Period Rotation<br />

Use the following procedure view and edit the period rotation schedule.<br />

To View/Edit the Period Rotation:<br />

Calendar<br />

Editing the Calendar<br />

1 From the Calendar Program window, click F6 (Rotat). For more information<br />

on setting up the period rotation, see the Period <strong>Attendance</strong> manual.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-9


Calendar<br />

Alternate Calendars<br />

Alternate Calendars<br />

The Alternate Calendars feature is most useful for schools with PK or K grade levels or<br />

vocational programs whose membership days differ from the rest of the school<br />

population. This especially includes alternate day or half day programs.<br />

By default, each school has a MASTER CALENDAR defining the dates school is in<br />

session. This MASTER CALENDAR is automatically created as the attendance is done<br />

each day. By default, each day is worth ONE membership day. In the event of an early<br />

dismissal day for a snow storm or parents' conferences, the MASTER CALENDAR may<br />

be edited to define a date as only being worth 1/2 membership day (or any other value).<br />

All values in the MASTER CALENDAR apply to every student in your school<br />

UNLESS you create ALTERNATE CALENDARS.<br />

An unlimited number of ALTERNATE CALENDARS may be created and then<br />

assigned to entire grade levels or even to individual students.<br />

For example, assume that we have an every other day kindergarten. Half the students go<br />

on one day and the other half on the other day. (Day A and Day B kindergarten). Create<br />

a data base field to identify which group a child is in. Two ALTERNATE<br />

CALENDARS will be created and named “Day A Kindergarten” and “Day B<br />

Kindergarten”. Using the data base field, these can easily be assigned to the appropriate<br />

students. Your attendance registers will now correctly calculate the membership<br />

statistics and Average <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> for these students. These kindergartners should<br />

all show 90 membership days and NOT the 180 membership days that all other students<br />

in your school will have.<br />

While the MASTER CALENDAR shows a “1” as the membership value of almost all<br />

days, your new ALTERNATE CALENDARS will show the following membership<br />

values:<br />

Example Calendar<br />

Definition<br />

Master Calendar 1-1-1-1-1-1...<br />

Day A Kindergarten 1-0-1-0-1-0...<br />

Day B Kindergarten 0-1-0-1-0-1...<br />

NOTE:<br />

If you do not use ALTERNATE CALENDARS, in order for your register to be accurate,<br />

you would have to batch add an “N” (NON-membership code) to all kindergartners who<br />

were not in school that day.<br />

The attendance codes for a student may not exceed the membership value for that student's<br />

calendar for that day. For example, a full absence or a 1/2 absent on a day with 1/2<br />

Membership will count just 1/2.<br />

7-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Accessing the Alternate Calendars Feature<br />

Calendar<br />

Accessing the Alternate Calendars Feature<br />

The alternate calendar feature is part of the Calendar program within the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

module. Users must have the propers rights and connections to access this feature.<br />

To Access the Alternate Calendars Setup Feature:<br />

1 In the <strong>Attendance</strong> module, click Calendar.<br />

The Calendar window appears.<br />

2 In the upper-left-hand corner of the window, click Alternate Calendar Setup.<br />

The Alternate Calendar Setup window appears. This window allows you to start every<br />

function of the Alternate Calendar feature, described in the following sections.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-11


Calendar<br />

Creating an Alternate Calendar<br />

Creating an Alternate Calendar<br />

You must first create an alternate calendar before you can apply it to your students.<br />

To Create an Alternate Calendar:<br />

1 In the Alternate Calendar Setup window, select Create/edit Alternate<br />

Calendars, and then click Next.<br />

The Create/Edit Alternate Calendars window appears.<br />

2 Click New.<br />

The Enter New Alternate Calendar Name window appears.<br />

3 In the text box, enter the name for your new calendar, and then click Save.<br />

7-12 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars window appears.<br />

Calendar<br />

Creating an Alternate Calendar<br />

NOTE:<br />

4 In the Calendar drop-down menu, select the alternate calendar for which<br />

you want to set rules.<br />

5 Use the appropriate radio button to indicate whether the calendar will reflect<br />

a <strong>Daily</strong> Pattern or be a calendar with Alternating Days:<br />

• <strong>Daily</strong> Patterns: You set the membership values for each day of the week.<br />

• Alternating Values: The calendar sets the membership values for each day based on<br />

the previous day.<br />

6 Set the values for the days of your selected calendar in the corresponding<br />

text box.<br />

Any calendar can have any membership value as long as the value in an alternate calendar<br />

does not exceed the value for the same date in the master calendar.<br />

7 To save the membership values for the selected alternate calendar, click<br />

Save [F10].<br />

An information window appears stating “The rules for this calendar have been<br />

successfully saved.”<br />

8 Click Done to close the information window.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-13


Calendar<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

You can change the values for other selected alternate calendars by repeating steps 4<br />

thru 8. When complete, click Exit [Esc] to close this window, and then click Exit again<br />

to close the Create/Edit Alternate Calendar window.<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

You have two options when assigning alternate calendars.<br />

• The Assign Calendars to Grade Levels (for future students) option only affects new<br />

students, not existing students. It also determines the default calendar to use with new<br />

students in selected grades.<br />

• The Assign Calendars to Existing Students option lets you apply the alternate<br />

calendar to existing students or staff.<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars to Grade Levels<br />

The Assign Calendars to Grade Levels feature determines the default calendar to use for<br />

new students. You can specify which alternate calendar to apply to any new student<br />

added to a specific grade level.<br />

NOTE:<br />

To apply an alternate calendar to existing students, see “Assigning Calendars to Existing<br />

Students” on page 7-16.<br />

To Assign Alternate Calendars to Grade Levels:<br />

1 In the Alternate Calendar Setup window, select Assign Calendars to Grade<br />

Levels, and then click Next.<br />

The Assign Calendars to Grade Levels window appears.<br />

7-14 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

2 Use the Browse button next to each grade level to display the Select a<br />

Membership Calendar window.<br />

3 Choose an alternate calendar, and then click Select.<br />

The sample above has Morning Kindergarten selected.<br />

The Assign Calendars to Grade Levels window re-appears.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-15


Calendar<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

Assigning Calendars to Existing Students<br />

Batch assigning calendars allows you to apply an alternate calendar to existing students,<br />

whether it’s entire grade levels or individual students. To only apply an alternate<br />

calendar to new students, see “Assigning Alternate Calendars to Grade Levels” on<br />

page 7-14.<br />

To Assign Calendars to Existing Students:<br />

1 In the Alternate Calendar Setup window, select Assign Calendars to<br />

Existing Students, and then click Next.<br />

The Calendar Batch Entry window appears.<br />

Before assigning a calendar, you must first set the specifications to choose the grade<br />

range, as well as whether to include active and/or inactive students.<br />

2 Click Inspect/Change Specifications.<br />

The Specifications: Batch Assign Calendars window appears.<br />

3 Set the specification as desired.<br />

See the table on the next page for a description of each Specification.<br />

7-16 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

Batch Assign Calendar Specifications<br />

Specification<br />

Description<br />

1) Start Grade<br />

for All Grades<br />

Choose the start grade; Only students inside the Start Grade to<br />

End Grade interval will be included in the assignment list.<br />

2) End Grade for<br />

All Grades<br />

3) Active/<br />

Inactive<br />

Students<br />

Choose the end grade. Only students inside the Start Grade to<br />

End Grade interval will be included in the assignment list.<br />

Choose whether to include active, inactive, or both types of<br />

students<br />

4 Click Done to confirm and exit this window and return to the Calendar Batch<br />

Entry window.<br />

The options for the Calendar Batch Entry window are described in the table below.<br />

Calendar Batch Entry Window<br />

Option<br />

Grade Number<br />

All Grades<br />

Staff<br />

Description<br />

Batch enters a calendar only for students in a particular grade<br />

level.<br />

Batch enters an alternate calendar for students in all grade levels<br />

or a range of grade levels. The specifications window appears,<br />

allowing you to change or confirm the grade range.<br />

Batch enters an alternate calendar for staff members.<br />

NOTE:<br />

5 Select your range, and then click Next.<br />

Remember, if you select All Grades, the Specifications window re-appears for you to define.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-17


Calendar<br />

Assigning Alternate Calendars<br />

The Select a Calendar window appears.<br />

6 Select the calendar you want to apply to your range, and then click Select.<br />

The Batch Enter for Which...? window appears.<br />

7 Use this window to further define the range of students or staff to which you<br />

want to apply the alternate calendar.<br />

The option you select determines which window appears. The table below defines each<br />

option and the results of selecting that option.<br />

7-18 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Setting Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars<br />

Option Results<br />

Option<br />

All Students<br />

Individual<br />

Students<br />

Students<br />

Matching your<br />

Data Base<br />

Criteria<br />

Selecting This Option Will:<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>lude all students within the limits set using the Batch Entry<br />

Specifications.<br />

Opens a new window in which you can select individual students<br />

to include in the batch entry. You can use the Windowsstandard<br />

Shift-click and Ctrl-click multi-select options.<br />

Opens an Address window showing each of the database fields for<br />

students. Highlight any fields on any page and type in the criteria<br />

students must meet in order to be included in the batch entry.<br />

After applying your option, the calendar applies, then displays a prompt window, giving<br />

you the option to view the log file.<br />

The log file shows you the changes made to the affected students or staff.<br />

8 Decide whether to view the change log.<br />

You are then returned to the Calendar Batch Entry window.<br />

Setting Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars<br />

When adding days to the master school calendar in the daily or period attendance<br />

programs, each day has a default value of one day. This option sets the default<br />

membership values for alternate calendars.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Any calendar can have any membership value as long as the value in an alternate calendar<br />

does not exceed the value for the same date in the master calendar.<br />

Rules, or properties, can make it easier when adding days to alternate calendars. For<br />

example, if a kindergarten meets every other day, you can make a rule so that<br />

membership days automatically alternate between 1 and 0.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Rules only apply to the membership values of future dates that will be added. To modify the<br />

membership values of existing dates, use the procedure detailed as “Editing Membership<br />

Values for Existing Days” on page 7-22.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-19


Calendar<br />

Setting Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars<br />

To Set Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars:<br />

1 In the Alternate Calendar Setup window, select Create/Edit Alternate<br />

Calendars, and then click Next.<br />

The Create/Edit Alternate Calendars window appears.<br />

2 Click Properties.<br />

7-20 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Setting Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars<br />

The Rules for Adding Days to Alternate Calendars window appears.<br />

NOTE:<br />

3 In the Calendar drop-down menu, select the alternate calendar for which<br />

you want to set rules.<br />

4 Use the appropriate radio button to indicate whether the calendar will reflect<br />

a <strong>Daily</strong> Pattern or a be a calendar with Alternating Days:<br />

• <strong>Daily</strong> Patterns: You set the membership values for each day of the week.<br />

• Alternating Values: The calendar sets the membership values for each day based on<br />

the previous day.<br />

5 Set the values for the days of your selected calendar in the corresponding<br />

text box.<br />

Any calendar can have any membership value as long as the value in an alternate calendar<br />

does not exceed the value for the same date in the master calendar.<br />

6 To save the membership values for the selected alternate calendar, click<br />

Save [F10].<br />

An window appears, stating, “The rules for this calendar have been successfully saved.”<br />

7 Click Done to close the information window.You can change the values for<br />

other selected alternate calendars by repeating steps 3 thru 7. When<br />

complete, click Exit [Esc] to close this window.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-21


Calendar<br />

Editing Membership Values for Existing Days<br />

Editing Membership Values for Existing Days<br />

You can change the value for any day already existing in any alternate calendar. You do<br />

this through the Create/Edit Alternate Calendar feature.<br />

To Edit Membership Values:<br />

1 In the Alternate Calendar Setup window, select Create/Edit Alternate<br />

Calendars, and then click Next.<br />

The Create/Edit Alternate Calendars window appears.<br />

2 Select the calendar whose membership values you want to edit, and then<br />

click Properties.<br />

7-22 <strong>Attendance</strong>


The Rules for Adding Alternate Days to Calendars window appears.<br />

Calendar<br />

Editing Membership Values for Existing Days<br />

3 Click Assign/Edit Values to Existing Calendar Days.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-23


Calendar<br />

Editing Membership Values for Existing Days<br />

The Assign/Edit Values to Existing Calendar Days window appears.<br />

NOTE:<br />

4 In the New Membership Value field, enter the new value.<br />

5 In the list of days, select the days for which you want to change to the new<br />

membership value. You can use the Windows-standard Shift-click and Ctrlclick<br />

multi-select options.<br />

6 Click Save [F10] to save the changes<br />

An information window appears stating “The rules for this calendar have been<br />

successfully saved.”<br />

7 Click Exit to close this window and return to the Rules for Adding Days to<br />

Alternate Calendars window.<br />

To return to the Alternate Calendar Setup window, click Exit twice more.<br />

7-24 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Reporting Which Students are Assigned to Which Calendars<br />

Reporting Which Students are Assigned to Which Calendars<br />

The Alternate Calendar Setup window lets you generate a list of which students use<br />

which calendar.<br />

To List Which Students are Assigned to Which Calendars:<br />

1 In the Alternate Calendar Setup window, select Report: Which Students are<br />

Assigned to Which Calendars, and then click Next.<br />

The Alternate Calendars lookup window appears.<br />

2 Choose the calendar for which you want to generate a list, and then click<br />

Select.<br />

The sample above has Master School Calendar selected.<br />

A report generates, listing all students that use the Master School Calendar.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-25


Calendar<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar When First Opening an <strong>Attendance</strong> Program<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar When First Opening an <strong>Attendance</strong> Program<br />

When you add a new day to the calendar in either the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> or Enter<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> program, you are prompted to select a calendar and membership<br />

value. You can change the calendar you use for that particular day (or period) as well as<br />

change the actual membership value for that Calendar.<br />

NOTE:<br />

The very first time you open either Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> or Enter Period <strong>Attendance</strong> will<br />

display a warning message that asks you to confirm that you are entering a day to the<br />

calendar. Click Yes to proceed.<br />

To Select an Alternate Calendar When First Opening an <strong>Attendance</strong> Program:<br />

1 Opening either Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> or Enter Period <strong>Attendance</strong> displays<br />

the Adding a Day to the Calendar window appears:<br />

2 Choose a calendar to use by selecting it from the list, and then clicking Next.<br />

7-26 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar When First Opening an <strong>Attendance</strong> Program<br />

Changing the Membership Value of a Calendar<br />

You can change the membership value for a selected calendar within the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

module’s Calendar program.<br />

You can also change the calendar used by a particular student in the <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct<br />

program. See “Changing the Calendar Used by an Existing Student in <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Correct” on page 7-30. Also see “Changing the Membership Value of a Calendar for a<br />

New Day” on page 7-28 to learn how to change the membership value when you create<br />

a new day in the attendance calendar.<br />

To Change the Membership Value of a Calendar:<br />

1 In the <strong>Attendance</strong> module, click Calendar.<br />

The Calendar window appears.<br />

2 Select the date whose membership value you want to change.<br />

3 Click F3 Edit.<br />

The F5 Batch Edit option becomes available.<br />

4 Click F5 Batch Edit.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-27


Calendar<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar When First Opening an <strong>Attendance</strong> Program<br />

The Assign Membership Values window appears.<br />

NOTE:<br />

5 In the Membership Column, select and change the value as desired.<br />

Clicking Duplicate will change the values for all calendars in the list to the membership<br />

value currently highlighted.<br />

6 Click Done to save and exit the Assign Membership Values window and<br />

return to the Calendar Program window.<br />

Changing the Membership Value of a Calendar for a New Day<br />

Optionally, you can change the membership value for a selected calendar when adding<br />

a day to the calendar.<br />

You can also change the calendar used by a particular student in the <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct<br />

program. See “Changing the Calendar Used by an Existing Student in <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Correct” on page 7-30.<br />

7-28 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Selecting an Alternate Calendar When First Opening an <strong>Attendance</strong> Program<br />

To Change the Membership Value of a Calendar for a New Day:<br />

1 The first time that you open either Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> or Enter Period<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> when adding a day to the calendar, the Adding a Day to the<br />

Calendar window appears:<br />

2 Choose a calendar to use by selecting it from the list.<br />

3 Click Change Member Value.<br />

The Assign Membership Values window appears.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-29


Calendar<br />

Changing the Calendar Used by an Existing Student in <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct<br />

4 In the Membership Column, select and change the value as desired.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Clicking Duplicate will change the values for all calendars in the list to the membership<br />

value currently highlighted.<br />

5 Click Done to save and exit the Assign Membership Values window and<br />

return to the Adding a Day to the Calendar window.<br />

Changing the Calendar Used by an Existing Student in <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct<br />

The the <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct program lets you change the calendar used by an existing<br />

student.<br />

To change the Calendar Used by an Existing Student in <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct:<br />

1 In the <strong>Attendance</strong> module, click Correct.<br />

The Correcting <strong>Attendance</strong> window appears.<br />

2 Click Lookup to select a student whose calendar you want to change.<br />

3 The top-right corner of the student’s attendance record displays the<br />

calendar used by the student. For example, following the student uses the<br />

Morning Kindergarten calendar.<br />

7-30 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Calendar<br />

Selecting a New Student’s Calendar in the Data Base Module<br />

4 Click the Browse button to the right of the field to display a list of<br />

calendars.<br />

5 Select the desired calendar and then click Next to change the calendar.<br />

Selecting a New Student’s Calendar in the Data Base Module<br />

The Data Base module’s New Files program lets you select a new student’s calendar<br />

from the list of available, alternate calendars. The program uses the master school<br />

calendar as the default calendar value.<br />

To learn how to change the calendar used by an existing student, see “Changing the<br />

Calendar Used by an Existing Student in <strong>Attendance</strong> Correct” on page 7-30.<br />

To Select a New Student’s Alternate Calendar:<br />

1 In the Data Base module, select New Files to display the Add or Edit Names<br />

for Students or Staff window.<br />

2 In the Grade drop-down menus, select the appropriate grade level.<br />

3 Click Add to make the Calendar field available.<br />

4 Select the desired alternate calendar from the Calendar drop-down menu.<br />

5 Use the Enter ID or Name field to select a student.<br />

6 Click F10-Accept to confirm and exit this window.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 7-31


7-32 <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Calendar<br />

Selecting a New Student’s Calendar in the Data Base Module


8<br />

Batch Entry<br />

Navigating to Batch Entry . . . . . . . . . . 8-3<br />

Navigation Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3<br />

Shortcut Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4<br />

Toolbar Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4<br />

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4<br />

Batch Entry Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6<br />

How to Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes 8-7<br />

Batch Entering <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

for Students or Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8<br />

Viewing the Batch Entry Log . . . . . . 8-10<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 8-1


Batch Entry<br />

Introduction<br />

The Batch Entry program allows you to automatically enter attendance codes for more<br />

than one student at a time. For example, if all students who play baseball will have a<br />

field trip on a particular school day, you can batch enter the code FT with a time of<br />

11:30. Any <strong>Attendance</strong> Code, (including Present), can be batch entered into either the<br />

code 1 or code 2 slots. Optionally, the time for each attendance code can also be included<br />

in the batch entry. A batch entry can be performed for the following groups:<br />

• All students or staff in your school<br />

• All students within a range of grade levels<br />

• All students within a grade level<br />

• Individual students or staff<br />

• All students/staff with a matching data base field entry<br />

Batch entries that were performed prior to the actual calendar day can be printed on the<br />

daily bulletin. In order to view and print these entries, you must select the <strong>Inc</strong>lude<br />

Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> option on the Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> menu (see “<strong>Inc</strong>luding<br />

Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data” on page 4-7). The results of any batch entry can be viewed<br />

using the View Log option on the <strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry Menu 1 (see “Batch Entry<br />

Menus” on page 8-6). Alternatively, you can use the Correct program to view or edit<br />

the batch entered attendance code for any student. Selecting View Log from Print Menu<br />

2 produces a Batch Entry Report, similar to the one shown below.<br />

8-2 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Navigating to Batch Entry<br />

Use any of the following methods to navigate to the Batch Entry program.<br />

Navigation<br />

Menu.<br />

1 From the Master<br />

Program Selector:<br />

• Press the 2 key and<br />

press Enter<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 2.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

and then single click<br />

Next.<br />

2 From the<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Plus<br />

menu:<br />

• Press the 8 key<br />

OR<br />

• Double click 8<br />

Batch Entry<br />

OR<br />

• Single click 8.<br />

Batch Entry, and<br />

single click Next<br />

Batch Entry<br />

Navigating to Batch Entry<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 8-3


Batch Entry<br />

Specifications<br />

Shortcut Bar<br />

1 Click <strong>Attendance</strong>.<br />

2 Click Batch Entry.<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

1 Click Modules.<br />

2 Choose <strong>Attendance</strong> Plus Batch Entry.<br />

Specifications<br />

The Batch Entry Specifications window appears as follows.<br />

8-4 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Specifications: <strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry<br />

Specification<br />

1) Which School Day<br />

Number<br />

Description<br />

Batch Entry<br />

Specifications<br />

Select any school day currently in the calendar. You<br />

may also select Year Start for a day 0 entry code, or<br />

Next Day for the date following the most recent<br />

calendar day.<br />

2) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code 1 Select the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code to be recorded in the<br />

code 1 slot. Not Selected means that<br />

no new code or time will be entered. All other<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes or blanks in this slot will remain<br />

after the batch entry.<br />

3) <strong>Attendance</strong> Time 1 Type in the time associated with the batch entered<br />

attendance code. You may also select Not Selected<br />

to leave whatever time is currently in<br />

the field.<br />

4) <strong>Attendance</strong> Code 2 Select the <strong>Attendance</strong> Code to be recorded in the<br />

code 2 slot.<br />

5) <strong>Attendance</strong> Time 2 Type in the time associated with the <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Code in the code 2 slot.<br />

6) Start Grade for all<br />

Grades<br />

7) End Grade for all Grades<br />

8) <strong>Inc</strong>lude Active/Inactive<br />

Students<br />

To batch enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for a range of<br />

grade levels, you must indicate the start and end<br />

grades to include in the range. Once you have<br />

indicated a range, select All Grades from Batch<br />

Entry Menu 1.<br />

Choose whether to include or omit inactive students<br />

(students who have been withdrawn using the New<br />

Files program).<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 8-5


Batch Entry<br />

Batch Entry Menus<br />

Batch Entry Menus<br />

Batch Entry Menu 1 can be used to limit the batch entry to a single grade level or range<br />

of grade levels, or to staff members. The date selected for the batch entry is listed at the<br />

top of this menu. Batch Entry Menu 2 can be used to further limit the batch entry to<br />

specific students or staff members.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry Menu 1<br />

Grade Number<br />

All Grades<br />

Staff<br />

Inspect/Change<br />

Specifications<br />

View Log<br />

If batch entering only for students in a particular grade level,<br />

select the grade level here.<br />

Choose this option if batch entering for students in all grade<br />

levels or a range of grade levels (determined by specifications 6<br />

and 7).<br />

You may choose to batch enter attendance codes for staff<br />

members using this menu option.<br />

Opens the Batch Entry Specifications Screen.<br />

Generates a printed log which includes the school day number<br />

and date, the attendance code(s) and time(s) and each student<br />

included in your last batch entry.<br />

8-6 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Batch Entry<br />

How to Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry Menu 2<br />

Option<br />

All Students<br />

Individual Students<br />

Students Matching your<br />

Data Base Criteria<br />

Description<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>ludes all students within the limits already set<br />

using the Batch Entry Specifications and Batch<br />

Entry Menu 1.<br />

Opens a new window in which you can select<br />

individual students to include in the batch entry.<br />

Opens an Address window showing each of the<br />

database fields for students. Highlight any field or<br />

fields on any page and type in the criteria<br />

students must meet in order to be included in the<br />

batch entry.<br />

Main Menu Brings you back to Batch Entry Menu 1.<br />

How to Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Use the Batch Entry program to enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for several students at one<br />

time. You may batch enter to all students in a specific grade level or range of grade<br />

levels, to individual students, or to all students who share a common data base field<br />

entry. After navigating to the Batch Entry program, you begin by setting the desired<br />

specifications.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 8-7


Batch Entry<br />

How to Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Batch Entering <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for Students or Staff<br />

To Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes for Students or Staff:<br />

1 Use the Batch Entry Specification window to select the school day, codes,<br />

grade range (for All Grades) and students (active or inactive) to include in<br />

the batch entry. Refer to page “Specifications” on page 8-4 for a description<br />

of each specification.<br />

2 To accept the selected specifications, press Enter or click Done.<br />

8-8 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Batch Entry<br />

How to Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

3 From <strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry Menu 1 specify a grade level, all grades, or<br />

staff to include in the batch entry. Press Enter or click Next.<br />

4 From <strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry Menu 2 (see page “<strong>Attendance</strong> Batch Entry<br />

Menu 2” on page 8-7), Select the students to include in the batch entry.<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> 8-9


Batch Entry<br />

How to Batch Enter <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Viewing the Batch Entry Log<br />

To View the Batch Entry Log:<br />

1 From the Batch Entry Specifications window, click Done. See<br />

“Specifications” on page 8-4.<br />

The Batch Entry Menu 1 window appears.<br />

2 Choose View Log, and then click Next.<br />

The sample report shown below shows the details of your last batch entry.<br />

8-10 <strong>Attendance</strong>


Numerics<br />

1 Student Per Phone #, 6-37<br />

A<br />

Active Letter/Report, 6-26<br />

Adding<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, 1-15<br />

Calendar Days, 4-6, 7-7<br />

Days to the Calendar, 4-6<br />

Register Codes, 1-12<br />

Adding Days to the Calendar<br />

setting rules, 7-19<br />

Advisor’s Report, 6-56<br />

Alternate Calendar Setup<br />

accessing, 7-11<br />

Alternate Calendars<br />

accessing, 7-11<br />

assigning, 7-14<br />

assigning to exisiting students, 7-16<br />

assigning to grade levels, 7-14<br />

assigning to new students, 7-14<br />

creating, 7-12<br />

setting rules, 7-19<br />

ASCII Export<br />

Export<br />

ASCII, 6-37<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View<br />

in Correct, 5-7<br />

Print, 5-7<br />

Report, 6-60<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Default List of, 1-8<br />

How to Add, Edit or Delete, 1-15 to 1-17<br />

Overview, 1-7<br />

Program Screen, 1-10 to 1-11<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Correct<br />

using alternate calendars, 7-30<br />

B<br />

Batch Edit<br />

membership values, 7-22<br />

Batch Entry<br />

Log, 8-10<br />

Menu 1, 8-6<br />

Navigate to, 8-3<br />

Overview of, 8-2<br />

Specifications, 8-4 to 8-5<br />

Step-by-Step, 8-7<br />

Blank Search/Sort Categories, 2-10, 6-10, 6-28<br />

Bulletin, 4-21<br />

Buttons<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-33 to 6-35<br />

C<br />

Calendar<br />

Building, 4-3, 7-2<br />

Days, 7-5<br />

Editing, 7-3<br />

How to Delete Days, 7-8<br />

How to Edit, 7-6<br />

How to Insert Days, 7-7<br />

How to Print, 7-8<br />

Navigating to, 7-3<br />

Overview of, 7-2<br />

Program Screen, 7-5 to 7-6<br />

Step-by-Step, 7-6 to 7-9<br />

Changing <strong>Attendance</strong> Default Calendar in<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong>, 7-26<br />

Changing Membership Value of a Calendar, 7-<br />

27<br />

Changing Membership Value of a Calendar for<br />

a New Day, 7-28<br />

Code 1 Slot, 4-17, 5-6<br />

Code 2 Slot, 4-17, 5-6<br />

Codes<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer, 6-45 to 6-53<br />

Data Base Report Writer, 6-42 to 6-43<br />

for <strong>Attendance</strong> Search Reports, 6-47<br />

Index-i


for Register Reports, 6-50 to 6-54<br />

for tables in reports, 6-45<br />

Specific to a Date or School Day Number, 6-48<br />

Specific to an <strong>Attendance</strong> or Register Code, 6-49<br />

Consecutive<br />

Absences, 4-23<br />

Tardies, 4-25<br />

Correct<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code View, 5-7<br />

Calendar View, 5-6<br />

Navigating to, 5-3 to 5-4<br />

Register Code View, 5-8<br />

Specifications, 5-11, 5-11 to 5-12<br />

Step-by-Step, 5-13 to 5-15<br />

Creating Alternate Calendars, 7-12<br />

Cumulative<br />

Absences, 4-23<br />

Tardies, 4-25<br />

Current Task, 6-25<br />

Current Time, 4-12<br />

D<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> Records<br />

Report, 6-72 to 6-75<br />

Tasks, 6-13 to 6-14<br />

DataBase Module<br />

using with alternate calendars, 7-31<br />

Date<br />

Batch Entry, 8-5<br />

Calendar, 7-5<br />

Default<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code, 4-11, 4-16<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code for Swiper Mode, 4-12<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code List, 1-8<br />

Grade Level, 4-10, 4-16<br />

Register Code List, 1-5<br />

Tasks, 6-11 to 6-23<br />

Time, 4-11<br />

Deleting<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, 1-17<br />

Calendar Days, 7-8<br />

Register Codes, 1-14<br />

Reports, 6-34<br />

Duplicate Letter Check, 6-27<br />

E<br />

Edit<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Data for one Student, 5-15<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for one Student, 5-16<br />

Edit Menu<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-34 to 6-35<br />

Editing<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Codes, 1-16<br />

membership values, 7-22<br />

Register Codes, 1-13<br />

the Calendar, 7-3<br />

Enrollment Report, 6-71<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

Adding a Day to the Calendar, 4-6<br />

Building the Calendar, 4-3<br />

Entry Specifications, 4-10 to 4-14<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>lude Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data, 4-7<br />

Manual Entry Screen, 4-15 to 4-17<br />

Menu, 4-8<br />

Navigating to, 4-4<br />

Overview of, 4-2<br />

Scanner Entry, 4-18 to 4-20<br />

Enter Time, 1-11<br />

Entry, 5-9<br />

Codes, 5-9<br />

Reports, 6-69<br />

Entry and Withdrawal Codes, 5-9<br />

Excused/Unexcused and Blank, 1-10, 1-11, 1-16, 6-28<br />

Exisiting Students<br />

assigning alternate calendars, 7-16<br />

Export<br />

Advisor’s List, 6-11<br />

Index-ii


F<br />

File Menu<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-33 to 6-34<br />

Fixed Length Fields, 6-37<br />

Fonts<br />

Color, 6-39<br />

in the <strong>Daily</strong> Bulletin, 4-25<br />

in the Report Writer, 6-38 to 6-39<br />

Size, 6-39<br />

Function Keys<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-38<br />

G<br />

Grade Levels<br />

assigning alternate calendars, 7-14<br />

Grade Quick<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code Link, 4-14<br />

Export Homeroom Rosters 2-8<br />

Import <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

from Grade Quick, 4-8<br />

H<br />

Headings<br />

on Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms, 2-8<br />

on Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms, 3-7, 3-11<br />

Homeroom Field<br />

in Address, 2-3, 2-8<br />

Homeroom Roster, 2-3<br />

I<br />

<strong>Inc</strong>lude<br />

Blank Search/Sort Categories, 2-10<br />

Previous <strong>Attendance</strong> Data, 4-7<br />

Inserting<br />

Calendar Days, 7-7<br />

Inspect/Change Specifications.<br />

See Specifications<br />

Interval Beginning Date, 6-27<br />

Introdiction<br />

alternate calendars explained, 7-10<br />

L<br />

Letter Codes, 5-6<br />

Letters, 6-21 to 6-22, 6-76 to 6-82<br />

Line Spacing<br />

on Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms, 2-8<br />

on Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms, 3-7, 3-8<br />

M<br />

Manual <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry Forms, 2-8, 2-13<br />

Membership Days<br />

Calendar, 7-6<br />

Membership Values<br />

batch editing, 7-22<br />

setting for alternate calendars, 7-19<br />

N<br />

New Students<br />

assigning alternate calendars, 7-14<br />

Non-Member Codes, 5-9<br />

Nurse Dismissals, 4-8<br />

O<br />

Options Menu<br />

in View/Edit Letters Reports, 6-37<br />

P<br />

Page Setup<br />

in the Report Writer, 6-40<br />

Partial Week<br />

Entering, 5-16<br />

Period <strong>Attendance</strong><br />

by teacher, 3-15<br />

Phone Master Export<br />

Export<br />

Phone Master, 6-59<br />

Index-iii


Preview<br />

Generate Report, 6-37<br />

Primary Filter, 6-6 to 6-7<br />

Print <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for one Student, 5-14<br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigating to, 2-4<br />

Overview of, 2-2<br />

Print Menu 1, 2-11<br />

Print Menu 2, 2-12<br />

Specifications, 2-6 to 2-10, ?? to 3-14<br />

Step-by-Step, 2-17<br />

Print Period <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms<br />

Navigating to, 3-3<br />

Overview of, 3-2<br />

Page/Printer Setup, 3-9 to 3-16<br />

Print Menu, 3-16 to ??<br />

Specifications Page 1, ?? to 3-11<br />

Step-by-Step, 3-5 to 3-19<br />

Print Preview, 2-10, 4-24<br />

Reports, 6-28<br />

Printing<br />

the Calendar, 7-8<br />

R<br />

Register<br />

Tasks, 6-12 to 6-13<br />

Register and <strong>Attendance</strong> Codes<br />

Navigating to, 1-2<br />

Overview of, 1-2<br />

Step-by-Step, 1-15 to 1-17<br />

Register Code Link<br />

Value, 1-16<br />

Register Code Links, 1-8 to 1-10, 1-16<br />

Excused or Unexcused, 1-10, 1-16<br />

Values, 1-9, 1-11<br />

Register Code List, 1-5<br />

Register Code Report, 6-63<br />

Register Code View<br />

in Correct, 5-8<br />

Register Codes<br />

Definiton of, 1-5<br />

How to Add, Edit or Delete, 1-12 to 1-15<br />

How to Define, 1-5<br />

Program Screen, 1-6<br />

The Default List, 1-5<br />

Register Reports, 6-84 to 6-91<br />

Rename Reports, 6-39<br />

Report Writer<br />

Navigating to, 6-4<br />

Overview of, 6-3, 6-6<br />

Print Menu 2, 6-31<br />

Report Writer Print Menu 1, 6-30<br />

Specifications, 6-25 to 6-28<br />

Tasks, 6-8<br />

Reporting<br />

which students use which calendar, 7-25<br />

Rotation Day Number, 7-5<br />

Rules<br />

for adding days to the calendar, 7-19<br />

S<br />

Scan Link Codes, 4-13<br />

Scan/GQ Replace Existing Codes, 4-14<br />

Scanner <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry, 4-18 to 4-20<br />

Scanning<br />

<strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong> Entry, 4-18<br />

Entry Forms, 2-8<br />

School Day Number, 7-5<br />

Search<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code, 6-27<br />

in the Report Writer, 6-40<br />

Register Code, 6-27, 6-28<br />

Search Menu<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-35 to 6-36<br />

Search Reports<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Code, 6-63, 6-64, 6-67, 6-68<br />

Register Code, 6-65, 6-67, 6-68<br />

Secondary Filter, 6-6 to 6-7, 6-26<br />

Size of Scanning File, 3-11<br />

Index-iv


Specifications<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer, 6-25 to 6-28<br />

Batch Entry, 8-4 to 8-5<br />

Correct, 5-11 to 5-12<br />

Enter <strong>Daily</strong> <strong>Attendance</strong>, 4-10 to 4-14<br />

Print Homeroom <strong>Attendance</strong> Forms, 2-6 to 2-10, 3-14<br />

Staff<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Entry, 4-8<br />

Print Codes, 4-23<br />

Print on Bulletin, 4-23<br />

Students<br />

assigning alternate calendars, 7-14<br />

Substitute, 4-12<br />

Swiper Mode, 4-16<br />

T<br />

Tardy Slips, 4-24<br />

Tasks<br />

<strong>Attendance</strong> Report Writer, 6-8<br />

Current, 6-25<br />

Default, 6-11 to 6-23<br />

User Defined, 6-24<br />

User-Defined, 6-24<br />

Time 1 Slot, 4-17, 5-6<br />

Time 2 Slot, 4-17, 5-6<br />

Time Link Time, 1-11<br />

Time Linked Codes, 1-7, 1-11, 1-15<br />

Toolbar<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-33 to 6-38<br />

V<br />

View <strong>Attendance</strong> Data for one Student, 5-14<br />

View Log<br />

Batch Entry, 8-6, 8-10<br />

View/Edit Letters/Reports<br />

Toolbar Menus, 6-33 to 6-38<br />

View/Edit Period Rotation, 7-9<br />

W<br />

Window Menu<br />

in View/Edit Letters/Reports, 6-38<br />

Withdrawal, 5-9<br />

Y<br />

Year-to-Date, 6-27<br />

Index-v

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!